{"title":"Outdoor \u0026 Travel","description":"\u003cp\u003eGear for time spent outside, whether that is the back patio or a week away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor living: seating, cushions, picnic blankets, and patio extras\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden helpers: watering cans, planters, and hand tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTravel and camping: duffels, packing organizers, and bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact lanterns, cookware, and kit that folds down small\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003ePack light, sit outside longer.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"portable-tri-fold-memory-foam-mattress-foldable-camping-guest-floor","title":"Portable Tri-Fold Memory Foam Mattress | 3\" \u0026 4\" Foldable Floor Mattress with Washable Cover – Camping, Guest, Floor Sleeping | Single, Twin, Twin XL, Full, Queen","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSleep Anywhere, Anytime with the Portable Tri-Fold Memory Foam Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhether you're hosting overnight guests, heading out camping, or need a comfortable floor sleeping solution, the Nuvia Haven Tri-Fold Memory Foam Mattress delivers genuine comfort wherever you need it. Available in 3-inch and 4-inch thickness options and five sizes — Single, Twin, Twin XL, Full, and Queen — this foldable mattress fits neatly into closets, trunks, and small spaces, then unfolds instantly into a cozy sleep surface. The removable, machine-washable cover keeps things fresh for every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧸 \u003cstrong\u003eMemory Foam Comfort\u003c\/strong\u003e – Conforms to your body shape for pressure-relieving support whether you sleep on your back, side, or stomach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003e3\" \u0026amp; 4\" Thickness Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose 3 inches for a slim, ultra-portable option or 4 inches for enhanced cushioning and a more mattress-like feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📂 \u003cstrong\u003eTri-Fold Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Folds into thirds for compact storage in closets, under beds, in car trunks, or RV storage bays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧹 \u003cstrong\u003eWashable Removable Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e – Zippered cover removes easily and is machine washable to keep your sleeping surface fresh and hygienic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏝️ \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for camping trips, guest rooms, sleepovers, dorm floors, travel, and emergency backup sleeping solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛏️ \u003cstrong\u003e5 Sizes Available\u003c\/strong\u003e – Single, Twin, Twin XL, Full, and Queen to fit any guest or camping need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eReady to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Expands quickly when unfolded; no assembly or inflation required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFill Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMemory foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 inches, 4 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Twin, Twin XL, Full, Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, machine washable, zippered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-fold (folds into thirds)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCamping, guest rooms, sleepovers, dorms, RV, travel, floor sleeping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact when folded; fits in closets, trunks, and under beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How thick should I choose — 3 inches or 4 inches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 3-inch option is lighter and more compact for backpacking, car camping, or space-saving guest storage. The 4-inch option provides a more mattress-like feel with superior pressure relief, ideal for frequent guests or longer stays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I wash the mattress cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The zippered cover is removable and fully machine washable, making it easy to keep clean between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly does the memory foam expand after unfolding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Memory foam typically expands to full shape within a few minutes of unfolding. For best results, allow 1-2 hours before first use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this mattress suitable for camping outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — it’s lightweight and folds compactly for easy transport in tents, cabins, or RVs. For ground camping, consider placing it on a mat or tarp for added insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this be used as a permanent floor bed in a small apartment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. Many customers use the 4-inch version as a semi-permanent floor sleeping solution in studio apartments, dorm rooms, or small spaces, folding it away during the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for college students or campers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It’s a highly practical and appreciated gift for college move-ins, camping enthusiasts, frequent travelers, and anyone who hosts occasional overnight guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse, free delivery 2-7 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"3inch \/ Single","offer_id":46565544165526,"sku":null,"price":95.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3inch \/ TwinXL","offer_id":46565544198294,"sku":null,"price":108.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3inch \/ Full","offer_id":46565544231062,"sku":null,"price":128.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4inch \/ Single","offer_id":46565544263830,"sku":null,"price":101.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4inch \/ Twin","offer_id":46565544296598,"sku":null,"price":123.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4inch \/ TwinXL","offer_id":46565544329366,"sku":null,"price":127.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4inch \/ Queen","offer_id":46565544362134,"sku":null,"price":155.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4inch \/ Full","offer_id":46565544394902,"sku":null,"price":160.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3inch \/ Queen","offer_id":46565544427670,"sku":null,"price":168.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/679b56b8-7ad5-46ee-ba0d-a6d6adbc2f43.jpg?v=1789704790"},{"product_id":"13-5-inch-round-side-table-indoor-outdoor-patio-balcony-living-room","title":"13.5 Inch Round Side Table Indoor Outdoor – Space-Saving Modern Accent Table for Patio Balcony Living Room Sofa Garden","description":"\u003ch2\u003e13.5\" Round Side Table – Modern Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Accent Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmall in size, big on style. This 13.5-inch round side table is the perfect compact accent piece for tight spaces and versatile settings. Whether you need a drinks table beside the sofa, a plant stand on the balcony, a snack table on the patio, or a decorative accent in the living room — this space-saving modern table does it all. Lightweight yet sturdy, it transitions effortlessly between indoor and outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌟 \u003cstrong\u003e13.5\" Round Tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e – The compact circular surface is perfectly sized for a drink, lamp, plant, book, or decorative tray without overwhelming the space around it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e – Equally at home on a covered patio, balcony, living room, bedroom, or garden — use it wherever a small surface is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving Footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e – The slim round profile fits neatly beside sofas, armchairs, beds, and garden loungers without crowding the area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✨ \u003cstrong\u003eModern Design Aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e – Clean lines and a contemporary silhouette complement a wide range of home décor styles from minimalist to bohemian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Stable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Solid construction supports everyday items without wobbling; suitable for both occasional and daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎁 \u003cstrong\u003eGreat Gift Idea\u003c\/strong\u003e – A charming and practical housewarming, birthday, or holiday gift for anyone furnishing a new home, apartment, or outdoor living space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTabletop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 inches (round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModern \/ Contemporary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, balcony, living room, bedroom, garden, sofa side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimal assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this table suitable for outdoor use in all weather?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This table is designed for outdoor use in covered or semi-covered settings such as patios, balconies, and screened porches. We recommend bringing it indoors or covering it during heavy rain or prolonged sun exposure to maintain its appearance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What can I put on a 13.5-inch round tabletop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It comfortably holds a standard-size drink glass or mug, a small potted plant, a candle, a remote control, a small book or tablet, or a decorative tray with items. It’s sized for convenience items rather than full meals or large displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this work as a plant stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The round tabletop is perfect for displaying a single medium potted plant or a small collection of succulents, and the sturdy base handles the weight without tipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly complicated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No — assembly is minimal and straightforward. Most users complete setup in under 10 minutes with basic household tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this make a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! It’s a versatile, stylish, and affordable gift that suits almost any home. Particularly popular as a housewarming gift or for anyone setting up an outdoor patio or balcony space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse — enjoy free delivery in \u003cstrong\u003e2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e. No long waits, no customs delays. Order today from \u003cstrong\u003eNuvia Haven\u003c\/strong\u003e and add the perfect finishing touch to any room or outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"H","offer_id":46565552652438,"sku":null,"price":94.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/767fa2f8-58f9-4829-83bc-20addaee559d.jpg?v=1789704854"},{"product_id":"foldable-floor-chair-lazy-sofa-recliner-5-level-adjustable-backrest","title":"Foldable Floor Chair Lazy Sofa Recliner with 5-Level Adjustable Backrest for Living Room Bedroom Camping Concerts – Ergonomic Lounge Seat","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFoldable Floor Chair – Ergonomic Lazy Sofa Recliner for Any Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSink into ultimate relaxation with this versatile foldable floor chair. Featuring 5 adjustable backrest positions, it transforms from an upright seat to a fully reclined lounger in seconds. Whether you're gaming, reading, watching movies, or camping under the stars, this ergonomic lazy sofa delivers personalized comfort wherever you need it. Available in Milky White and Dark Green to complement any room or outdoor setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003e5-Level Adjustable Backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e – Effortlessly recline to your perfect angle, from upright to nearly flat, for reading, lounging, napping, or meditating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🪑 \u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Lumbar Support\u003c\/strong\u003e – Contoured seat and back design reduces strain on your spine during extended sitting sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Collapses flat in seconds for easy storage in a closet, under a bed, or in a car trunk for on-the-go comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏕️ \u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Use Versatility\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for living rooms, bedrooms, home offices, camping trips, concerts, festivals, and beach days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eTwo Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Milky White for a clean, modern interior look; Dark Green for an earthy, nature-inspired aesthetic indoors or outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built to support everyday use with sturdy frame and high-quality upholstered seating surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎁 \u003cstrong\u003eIdeal Family Gift\u003c\/strong\u003e – A thoughtful and practical gift for students, gamers, readers, yogis, campers, or anyone who loves flexible seating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilky White, Dark Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest Positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 adjustable levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable floor chair \/ lazy sofa recliner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiving room, bedroom, camping, concerts, gaming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – folds flat for storage and transport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo – ready to use out of box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 piece per order\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I adjust the backrest position?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The backrest clicks into 5 preset angle positions. Simply lean back to lower, or pull the support bar to raise and lock it at your preferred recline angle. No tools or mechanisms to fumble with.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this comfortable for tall people or those with back problems?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The ergonomic contouring provides good lumbar support for most body types. Taller users may find it most comfortable in the more upright positions. If you have specific back concerns, consult your physician before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this outdoors for camping or concerts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The foldable, lightweight design makes it an excellent companion for camping, outdoor concerts, festivals, and beach outings. We recommend using it on a flat, clean surface and avoiding prolonged exposure to rain or moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this make a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! This floor chair is a popular gift for gamers, readers, college students, yoga enthusiasts, and anyone who needs flexible, comfortable seating at home or outdoors. It's practical, unique, and universally appreciated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it fold and how compact is it when stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The chair folds flat by collapsing the backrest down to the seat level. When folded, it's slim enough to slip under a bed, lean against a wall in a closet, or lay flat in a car trunk — making it truly space-efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse — enjoy free delivery in \u003cstrong\u003e2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e. No long waits, no customs delays. Order today from \u003cstrong\u003eNuvia Haven\u003c\/strong\u003e and relax your way.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Milky White","offer_id":46565553111190,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Green","offer_id":46565553143958,"sku":null,"price":53.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/2d001e63-9ade-4140-a2bd-d5a94fcfe0f1.jpg?v=1789704871"},{"product_id":"large-bean-bag-chair-inflatable-lounge-sofa-lazy-seat","title":"Large Bean Bag Chair Inflatable Lounge Sofa – Soft Comfortable Lazy Seat Tatami Floor Chair for Living Room Office Outdoor Camping, Multiple Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLarge Bean Bag Chair Inflatable Lounge Sofa – Soft, Comfortable, Everywhere\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSink into effortless comfort with this oversized inflatable bean bag lounge chair. Whether you’re relaxing in the living room, taking a lunch break at the office, or lounging at an outdoor picnic or camping trip, its generous round design and plush feel make every moment more enjoyable. Available in Deep Blue, Red, and Gray to complement any space or occasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love This Lounge Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eSoft \u0026amp; Comfortable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Plush inflatable design molds to your body for total relaxation in any position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔵 \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Round Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Spacious single-person lounger works as a bean bag, tatami floor cushion, or lazy sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠 \u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Room Versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perfect for living rooms, bedrooms, home offices, dorm rooms, and reading nooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌳 \u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e — Great for outdoor picnics, camping, festivals, and backyard lounging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in Deep Blue, Red, and Gray to match your style and space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Store\u003c\/strong\u003e — Deflates and folds compactly for easy storage when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflatable Bean Bag \/ Lazy Sofa \/ Tatami Chair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark Blue, Red, Gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge \/ Round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiving Room, Bedroom, Office, Outdoor, Camping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModern \/ Casual \/ Lounge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeflates for compact storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this chair inflatable or filled with beans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This is an inflatable lounge chair — it inflates with air to create a soft, cushioned seating surface. No beans or filling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The durable cover makes it suitable for outdoor use on grass, patios, camping sites, and picnic areas. Avoid sharp objects and prolonged direct rain exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I inflate and deflate it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The chair inflates quickly using a standard air pump or by opening the valve to allow air intake. It deflates just as easily by opening the release valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — simply wipe down the surface with a damp cloth. The cover is designed to be easy to maintain for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this suitable for a dorm room or small apartment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. It provides comfortable extra seating that deflates and stores compactly when not needed — ideal for small spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this make a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! It’s a fun and practical gift for college students, outdoor enthusiasts, or anyone who loves cozy, casual seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse, free delivery 2-7 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Dark Blue","offer_id":46565556224150,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":46565556256918,"sku":null,"price":50.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New sofa Dark Blue","offer_id":46565556289686,"sku":null,"price":48.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New sofa Red","offer_id":46565556322454,"sku":null,"price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New sofa Gray","offer_id":46565556355222,"sku":null,"price":53.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/f04f7816-4282-4bdd-bd04-16ead2978f12.jpg?v=1789704909"},{"product_id":"inflatable-lounge-chair-recliner-footrest-air-sofa-indoor-outdoor","title":"Inflatable Lounge Chair Recliner with Footrest \u0026 Foot Pump – Portable Air Sofa Couch for Living Room, Camping, Travel \u0026 Balcony, Space-Saving Indoor Outdoor Lounger (6 Colors)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eInflatable Lounge Chair Recliner – Your Portable Relaxation Oasis\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSink into effortless comfort anywhere with the Nuvia Haven Inflatable Lounge Chair. Designed for the modern multitasker, this air sofa recliner comes with a built-in footrest and foot pump so you can go from flat to fully lounging in under a minute — no electricity required. Whether it's movie night in the living room, a quiet evening on the balcony, a weekend camping trip, or a long flight layover, this ultra-portable lounger folds down small enough to slip into a carry bag and goes wherever you do.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛄 \u003cstrong\u003eRecliner + Footrest Combo\u003c\/strong\u003e – Full-body support with adjustable recline position and integrated foot stool for true head-to-toe relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💨 \u003cstrong\u003eFoot Pump Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Inflates in under 60 seconds with the included foot pump — no batteries, no electricity, no waiting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌍 \u003cstrong\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e – Suitable for living rooms, bedrooms, balconies, patios, camping sites, and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧳 \u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Deflates and folds into a compact carry bag — perfect for apartments, dorms, travel, and guest use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Made from thick, puncture-resistant PVC material for long-lasting durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e6 Vibrant Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Purple, Light Blue, Orange, Coffee Brown, Red, and Dark Blue to match any décor or personality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflatable Recliner Lounge Chair with Footrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflation Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoot pump (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurple, Light Blue, Orange, Coffee Brown, Red, Dark Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor \/ Outdoor \/ Camping \/ Travel \/ Balcony\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds flat into carry bag for easy storage and transport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone – inflate and use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does it take to inflate this chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: With the included foot pump, most users inflate the chair fully in under 60 seconds. Simply attach the pump nozzle and step-pump until firm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this chair durable enough for outdoor use on grass or gravel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the chair is made from heavy-duty puncture-resistant PVC. For best results on rough surfaces, place a blanket or mat underneath to protect the base from sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this chair be used as extra seating for guests?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. It's one of the most popular uses — inflate it when company comes, deflate and store it when they leave. No permanent space needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this suitable for camping trips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — it's lightweight, packs small, and requires no electricity to inflate, making it a great camping, glamping, festival, or beach chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the weight capacity of this inflatable chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This chair is built for standard adult use. We recommend users under 265 lbs for optimal comfort and longevity of the air seams.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift idea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It makes an excellent housewarming, birthday, college move-in, or holiday gift — especially for people in small apartments, dorms, or anyone who loves outdoor adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days — no waiting, no surprises. Order today from Nuvia Haven and start lounging tomorrow.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"New-Purple \/ 1pc","offer_id":46565557698710,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New-Light Blue \/ 1pc","offer_id":46565557731478,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ 1pc","offer_id":46565557764246,"sku":null,"price":50.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee Brown \/ 1pc","offer_id":46565557797014,"sku":null,"price":48.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 1pc","offer_id":46565557829782,"sku":null,"price":48.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Blue \/ 1pc","offer_id":46565557862550,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/61223712-1cbb-41b6-b237-05de20d8d143.jpg?v=1789704935"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-portable-folding-stool-330-lbs-camping-outdoor","title":"Heavy-Duty Portable Folding Stool 330 LBS Capacity – Compact Square Plastic Step Stool for Camping, Fishing, Picnic, Indoor \u0026 Outdoor Use (Black, Grey, Blue)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Portable Folding Stool – 330 LBS Capacity for Any Adventure\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeet your go-anywhere seating solution — the Nuvia Haven Heavy-Duty Portable Folding Stool. Engineered from thick, high-grade PP plastic with a reinforced frame, this compact square stool supports up to 330 LBS and folds flat in seconds for effortless transport and storage. Whether you're setting up camp, casting a line, hosting a backyard party, or just need a quick seat indoors, this stool delivers reliable comfort wherever life takes you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003e330 LBS Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heavy-duty construction handles adults of all sizes with no wobbling or bowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Folds flat instantly; lightweight and easy to toss in a backpack, car trunk, or tackle box bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧱 \u003cstrong\u003eDurable PP Plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e – Thick, impact-resistant polypropylene resists cracking, UV fading, and moisture for long-lasting use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Available in Black, Grey, and Blue to match your gear or style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏕️ \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for camping, fishing, picnics, tailgates, sporting events, workshops, and indoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eNo Assembly Required\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ready to use right out of the box; simply unfold and sit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 LBS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade PP (Polypropylene) Plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Grey, Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – folds flat for storage and transport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCamping, Fishing, Picnic, Indoor, Party, Tailgate, Workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this stool safe for adults over 250 lbs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — this stool is rated for up to 330 LBS, making it suitable for most adults. The reinforced PP frame distributes weight evenly to prevent flexing or tipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How compact does it fold? Will it fit in a backpack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It folds down to a slim, flat profile that fits easily in most large backpacks, duffel bags, or car trunks. Great for hiking, camping, or keeping in your car for spontaneous outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this stool be used on uneven ground or grass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the stool works on most outdoor surfaces including grass, gravel, and packed dirt. For best stability on very uneven terrain, place on a relatively level spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for outdoor enthusiasts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. It's a practical, lightweight gift for campers, anglers, hikers, tailgaters, and anyone who loves spending time outdoors. It also makes a great addition to an emergency car kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this stool safe for children to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the low-profile, stable design makes it suitable for older children and adults alike. Always supervise young children when using stools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be used indoors as a step stool or extra seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Definitely. Many customers use it as a spare seat for guests, a step stool in the kitchen or bathroom, or extra seating at events and parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days — no waiting, no surprises. Order today from Nuvia Haven and be ready for your next adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 330 lbs","offer_id":46565557895318,"sku":null,"price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 330 lbs","offer_id":46565557928086,"sku":null,"price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 330 lbs","offer_id":46565557960854,"sku":null,"price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/92255d1c-9b53-46ef-a4fe-f60f528b0b8c.jpg?v=1789704937"},{"product_id":"folding-table-4ft-6ft-plastic-portable-indoor-outdoor-carry-handle","title":"Folding Table 4 ft or 6 ft Plastic Portable with Carrying Handle and Locking Legs – Lightweight Fold-in-Half Table for Picnic, Camping, Party, Dining, Office \u0026 Outdoor Use | White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSet Up Anywhere in Seconds\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhether you're hosting a backyard party, setting up at a vendor market, camping at the lake, or need a quick workspace at home, the Nuvia Haven Folding Table delivers a sturdy, spacious surface that sets up and folds down in seconds. Available in 4-foot and 6-foot sizes — and with an optional 6FT bundle that includes a black tablecloth — this versatile fold-in-half table is built for life on the go and effortless storage at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Plastic Top\u003c\/strong\u003e – High-density plastic surface is stain-resistant, water-resistant, and easy to wipe clean after every use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔐 \u003cstrong\u003eLocking Legs for Safety\u003c\/strong\u003e – Sturdy legs lock securely into place when open and fold flat when closed — no wobbling, no surprises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e👜 \u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Carrying Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Fold it in half, grab the handle, and go — ideal for tailgating, camping, farmers markets, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eTwo Size Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4-foot table fits 4–6 people comfortably; 6-foot table seats 6–8 and suits longer setups like buffets or vendor tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚙️ \u003cstrong\u003eWood \u0026amp; Aluminum Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Lightweight yet strong frame supports everyday family use and regular transport without warping or bending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎉 \u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Purpose Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for parties, picnics, camping, home offices, garages, craft rooms, school events, and vendor markets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛒 \u003cstrong\u003eOptional Tablecloth Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e – The 6FT + Black Tablecloth variant gives you a polished, event-ready setup right out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-density plastic top, wood \u0026amp; aluminum frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 ft \/ 6 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFold-in-half with carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking legs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Cases\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; outdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBundle Option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6FT + Black Tablecloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo assembly required — unfolds instantly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight can this folding table hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The table is built with a sturdy plastic top and locking aluminum-and-wood frame designed to support typical party and dining loads including food, drinks, and decor. It handles everyday household and outdoor event use with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this table good for outdoor use like camping or picnics?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The water-resistant plastic surface and lightweight fold-in-half design make it a go-to for camping, picnics, tailgating, and outdoor markets. It sets up in seconds and fits easily into a car trunk or SUV.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What’s the difference between the 4-foot and 6-foot tables?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 4-foot table is compact and ideal for smaller gatherings, kids’ activities, or tight spaces — it comfortably seats 4–6 people. The 6-foot table offers a longer surface that seats 6–8 and is popular for buffet setups, vendor events, and large family dinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good table for a vendor market or craft fair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the 6-foot model is one of the most popular table sizes at farmers markets, craft fairs, and trade shows. Pair it with the optional black tablecloth bundle for a professional, polished display right out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the table require any assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No assembly required. Simply unfold the table, lock the legs into place, and it’s ready to use. Folding it back down for storage or transport takes just seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this suitable as a home office desk or craft table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! Many customers use folding tables as temporary home office desks, homework stations, craft tables, or garage workbenches. The 4-foot size fits neatly in most rooms without taking up permanent space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from our US warehouse — enjoy \u003cstrong\u003efree delivery in 2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e. Order today and have your table ready before your next event.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"White \/ 6 Feet","offer_id":46565559435414,"sku":null,"price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 4 Feet","offer_id":46565559468182,"sku":null,"price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 6FT + Black Tablecloth","offer_id":46565559500950,"sku":null,"price":108.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 4 FEET Black","offer_id":46565559533718,"sku":null,"price":73.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/82d246cd-39c3-4371-a3f6-69341392505a.jpg?v=1789704950"},{"product_id":"artificial-ivy-privacy-screen-119x40-inch-faux-hedge-wall-outdoor","title":"Artificial Ivy Privacy Screen Panel 119 x 40 Inch (10 x 3.3 ft) Faux Hedge Greenery Wall for Outdoor Fence, Garden, Patio, Balcony \u0026 Indoor Backdrop – Realistic UV-Resistant Fake Ivy Leaves, Easy Install","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLush Instant Greenery — No Watering, No Maintenance, Just Beauty\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCreate a stunning green wall or privacy screen in minutes with this large 119 x 40 inch (10 x 3.3 ft) artificial ivy panel from Nuvia Haven. Whether you’re covering a bare fence, dressing up a balcony railing, screening a pool area, or creating a lush event backdrop, this realistic faux ivy delivers the rich look of a living hedge without any upkeep. UV-resistant and weather-proof, it holds its vibrant green color year-round through sun, rain, and wind — making it perfect for both outdoor and indoor installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Artificial Ivy Panel Stands Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Coverage – 119 x 40 Inches (10 x 3.3 ft)\u003c\/strong\u003e — One panel covers a wide stretch of fence, wall, or railing, reducing installation time and the number of panels needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eRealistic Faux Ivy Leaves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Dense, lifelike leaf texture creates a natural hedge aesthetic that blends seamlessly with real garden surroundings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔒 \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Privacy Screen\u003c\/strong\u003e — Effectively blocks sightlines from neighbors, streets, or adjacent properties while adding decorative greenery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eUV-Resistant \u0026amp; Weather-Proof\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered to resist fading, yellowing, and deterioration from sun exposure, rain, and outdoor conditions year-round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Works on garden fences, patio walls, balcony railings, poolside screens, trellises, pergolas, event backdrops, and interior feature walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight panel attaches easily to fences, walls, or railings with zip ties, hooks, or wire — no tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e119 x 40 Inches (10 ft x 3.3 ft \/ 302 x 102 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeaf Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRealistic Faux Ivy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – UV-resistant, fade-proof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Suitable for outdoor year-round use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZip ties, hooks, or wire (hardware not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFences, Patios, Balconies, Pools, Gardens, Event Backdrops, Indoor Walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone – No watering, trimming, or fertilizing required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of this artificial ivy panel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Each panel measures 119 x 40 inches (10 ft x 3.3 ft, or approximately 302 x 102 cm), making it one of the larger faux ivy panels available for fast, wide-area coverage on fences and walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this panel be used outdoors year-round?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The artificial ivy is UV-resistant and weather-proof, designed to maintain its vibrant green color and structural integrity through sun exposure, rain, wind, and seasonal temperature changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I install this artificial ivy panel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The panel is lightweight and flexible, making it easy to attach to chain-link fences, wood fences, trellises, pergolas, balcony railings, or walls using zip ties, metal hooks, cable ties, or thin wire. No special tools are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this be used indoors as a decorative wall feature?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. This panel works beautifully as an indoor green wall feature, photography backdrop, retail display, event decoration, or accent wall in living rooms, offices, and commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good alternative to real hedges or living walls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. It delivers the visual appeal of a real hedge or living wall with zero maintenance — no watering, pruning, fertilizing, or seasonal replanting — making it ideal for renters, busy homeowners, and anyone who wants lasting greenery without the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this make a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It’s a great housewarming gift or garden gift for homeowners, renters with balconies, event planners, or anyone looking to add privacy or greenery to their space without the commitment of real plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse, free delivery 2-7 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"10*3.3ft\/302*102cm","offer_id":46565560156310,"sku":null,"price":45.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/7f51c03c-86eb-4332-b222-372a9fc324e3.jpg?v=1789704960"},{"product_id":"9ft-patio-market-umbrella-crank-uv-protection-10-colors","title":"9 FT Patio Market Umbrella with Easy Crank, UV Protection \u0026 6 Sturdy Ribs – Outdoor Table Umbrella for Deck, Backyard \u0026 Pool, 10 Colors (Beige, Gray, Green, Navy, Blue, Red, Pink, Yellow)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eShade Your Outdoor Space in Style — 10 Colors to Match Any Patio\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your backyard, deck, or poolside into a shaded retreat with this 9-foot patio market umbrella from Nuvia Haven. Designed for effortless use and lasting durability, it features an easy-turn hand crank, UV-blocking canopy, and six reinforced ribs that keep the canopy stable even on breezy days. Choose from 10 vibrant colors — Beige, Gray, Cream White, Dark Green, Navy, Apple Green, Royal Blue, Red, Rose Pink, and Yellow — to complement any outdoor décor. Compatible with standard umbrella bases (base not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Patio Umbrella Stands Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003e9 FT Wide Canopy Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Generous 9-foot span delivers ample shade for outdoor dining tables, pool loungers, garden chairs, and patio seating areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔄 \u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Easy-Crank Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built-in hand crank lets you open and close the umbrella effortlessly — no struggling or pulling required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003e6 Sturdy Reinforced Ribs\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy-duty rib structure provides excellent wind resistance and maintains canopy shape in breezy outdoor conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌞 \u003cstrong\u003eUV-Blocking Canopy Fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Blocks harmful UV rays to keep you cool, protected, and comfortable on the sunniest days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e10 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Beige, Gray, Cream White, Dark Green, Navy, Apple Green, Royal Blue, Red, Rose Pink, and Yellow — a color for every outdoor style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏡 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Outdoor Use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perfect for residential decks, backyard patios, poolside areas, garden dining sets, and outdoor cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 Feet (9 FT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Ribs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Sturdy Ribs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpening Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Hand Crank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt Function\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo Tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – UV-blocking canopy fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige, Gray, Cream White, Dark Green, Navy, Apple Green, Royal Blue, Red, Rose Pink, Yellow (10 Colors)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard patio umbrella base (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck, Backyard, Patio, Pool, Garden, Cafe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size table does this 9 ft umbrella fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This 9-foot umbrella is ideal for outdoor dining tables measuring 48 to 60 inches in diameter. It provides generous shade coverage for 4- to 6-person patio table sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this umbrella have a tilt function?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This model does not include a tilt function. It opens and closes via a smooth hand crank and sits at a fixed vertical angle, making it easy to operate for all ages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What type of base is compatible with this umbrella?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This umbrella is compatible with standard patio umbrella bases. The base is not included with purchase. We recommend a base rated for 9-foot umbrellas for best stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this umbrella a good gift for housewarming or outdoor entertaining?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The 10 available color options and easy crank design make this umbrella a thoughtful and practical gift for new homeowners, outdoor entertaining enthusiasts, or anyone setting up a patio or backyard space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How well does this umbrella hold up in wind?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 6-rib reinforced structure provides strong wind resistance compared to standard 4-rib designs, keeping the canopy stable in typical outdoor breezes. We recommend closing the umbrella during severe weather or storms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this umbrella be used at a restaurant or commercial outdoor space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. Its durable construction, UV-blocking canopy, and professional appearance make it suitable for outdoor cafes, restaurant patios, and commercial hospitality spaces in addition to residential use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse, free delivery 2-7 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Beige \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560320150,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560352918,"sku":null,"price":65.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560385686,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Green \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560418454,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"navy \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560451222,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Apple Green \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560483990,"sku":null,"price":70.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560516758,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560549526,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose Pink \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560582294,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565560615062,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/24441b84-62c2-4a30-89d9-603c76cbb916.jpg?v=1789704964"},{"product_id":"fence-privacy-screen-hdpe-shade-cloth-cable-zip-ties-black","title":"Fence Privacy Screen Multi-Size Heavy Duty HDPE Outdoor Shade Cloth with Cable Zip Ties – 4 5 6 7 8 ft Wide, 15–50 ft Long, Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlock Sun, Wind \u0026amp; Prying Eyes — Install in Minutes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Fence Privacy Screen from Nuvia Haven is built for homeowners, contractors, and property managers who demand lasting performance. Constructed from commercial-grade high-density polyethylene (HDPE), this UV-resistant mesh screen delivers reliable privacy and shade for residential fences, patios, balconies, construction sites, sports facilities, and commercial properties. Available in a wide range of sizes — from 4 ft to 8 ft wide and 15 ft to 50 ft long — you'll find the perfect fit for any space. Classic black color blends seamlessly with any outdoor setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Privacy Screen?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty HDPE Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Commercial-grade high-density polyethylene is UV-stabilized and weather-resistant, standing up to heat, rain, and wind year-round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Privacy \u0026amp; Shade\u003c\/strong\u003e — Effectively blocks sightlines and reduces sun exposure on fences, patios, balconies, and garden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick \u0026amp; Easy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Comes with cable zip ties so you can secure it to any fence in minutes — no special tools or hardware required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Corners \u0026amp; Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e — Webbing border and fabric patch reinforcements at stress points prevent tearing and extend the screen's service life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📐 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Sizes to Fit Any Space\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose from 4 ft to 8 ft widths and lengths from 15 ft to 50 ft to cover exactly the area you need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏗️ \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use Cases\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ideal for residential yards, construction jobsites, balconies, pool surrounds, tennis courts, and commercial properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-Duty HDPE (High-Density Polyethylene)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Widths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 ft, 5 ft, 6 ft, 7 ft, 8 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 ft, 20 ft, 50 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – UV-stabilized fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforcement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWebbing border + fabric patch corners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable zip ties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttach to any chain-link, wood, or metal fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential, commercial, construction, sports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What sizes are available for this fence privacy screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This privacy screen is available in widths of 4 ft, 5 ft, 6 ft, 7 ft, and 8 ft, and lengths of 15 ft, 20 ft, and 50 ft — giving you flexible options to cover small garden sections or entire perimeter fences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this fence screen block 100% of visibility?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The HDPE mesh significantly reduces visibility and provides strong privacy while still allowing airflow through the fence, which helps it withstand wind without straining the fence structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What hardware is needed to install this privacy screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No special tools are needed. The package includes cable zip ties so you can fasten the screen directly to chain-link, wood slat, or metal fences quickly and securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this fence privacy screen suitable for a construction site or commercial property?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The heavy-duty HDPE construction and reinforced corners make it a popular choice for construction barriers, sports facility enclosures, commercial perimeters, and any application requiring durable, long-lasting screening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will this privacy screen last outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The UV-stabilized HDPE fabric is engineered for year-round outdoor use, resisting fading, cracking, and degradation from sun, rain, and wind. Reinforced corners and webbing edges further extend its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this screen be used on a balcony or patio railing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The flexible mesh attaches easily to balcony railings, patio fences, or deck barriers using the included zip ties, making it a simple solution for adding privacy to apartment balconies, rooftop decks, and patio enclosures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse, free delivery 2-7 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"4X15ft(1.2X4.5m)","offer_id":46565560680598,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5X15ft(1.5X4.5m)","offer_id":46565560713366,"sku":null,"price":68.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6X15ft(70.87X177.17inch)","offer_id":46565560746134,"sku":null,"price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7X20ft(2.1X6m)","offer_id":46565560778902,"sku":null,"price":71.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8X20ft(2.4X6m)","offer_id":46565560811670,"sku":null,"price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4X50ft(1.2X15m)","offer_id":46565560844438,"sku":null,"price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6X50ft(1.8X15m)","offer_id":46565560877206,"sku":null,"price":97.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5X50ft(1.5X15m)","offer_id":46565560909974,"sku":null,"price":100.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8x50ft(2.4x15m)","offer_id":46565560942742,"sku":null,"price":93.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8x15ft\/2.4x 4.5m","offer_id":46565560975510,"sku":null,"price":73.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5X20ft(1.5X6m)","offer_id":46565561008278,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4X20ft(1.2X6m)","offer_id":46565561041046,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6X20ft(1.8X6m)","offer_id":46565561073814,"sku":null,"price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/a43fca1b-688b-4ec2-82dc-6004b2ed148c.jpg?v=1789704968"},{"product_id":"8-rib-9ft-patio-umbrella-tilt-crank-sun-shade-outdoor","title":"8-Rib 9FT Patio Umbrella with Tilt \u0026 Crank – Sun Shade Outdoor Market Umbrella for Patio, Beach \u0026 Restaurant, Red \u0026 Khaki","description":"\u003ch2\u003e9FT 8-Rib Patio Umbrella – Superior Sun Shade for Outdoor Living\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your outdoor space with the Nuvia Haven 9FT 8-Rib Patio Umbrella. Built with an 8-rib structure for maximum canopy stability and coverage, this market-style umbrella delivers reliable shade for patios, decks, poolsides, beach setups, and restaurant terraces. The effortless tilt mechanism lets you angle the canopy to block the sun at any position throughout the day, while the smooth crank system makes opening and closing a breeze. Available in classic Red and natural Khaki to complement any outdoor aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003e8-Rib Reinforced Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e – More ribs mean better canopy spread, stability, and wind resistance than standard 6-rib models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔄 \u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Tilt Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e – Easily angle the umbrella to chase or block the sun at any time of day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎡 \u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Crank Open\/Close\u003c\/strong\u003e – No fussing; open and close with a simple crank handle in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for patios, decks, beach setups, garden dining areas, and restaurant terraces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eTwo Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Bold Red and earthy Khaki to match your outdoor decor style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠 \u003cstrong\u003eStability-Focused Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Engineered to stay secure in everyday outdoor conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRib Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Ribs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrank Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt Function\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Multi-position Tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, Khaki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Beach, Restaurant, Deck, Garden\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy setup, no tools required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size patio table does a 9FT umbrella fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: A 9FT canopy provides generous coverage for patio tables up to 48–60 inches in diameter, comfortably shading 4–6 chairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the tilt mechanism work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The tilt mechanism uses a simple push-button or collar-style adjustment on the pole, allowing you to angle the canopy in multiple positions to block the sun as it moves throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this umbrella suitable for beach use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! While designed primarily as a patio market umbrella, its 8-rib structure and wide canopy make it an excellent shade solution for beach setups and outdoor dining areas, especially when paired with a compatible weighted base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this umbrella come with a base stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The umbrella does not include a base. We recommend pairing it with a heavy-duty weighted base (50 lbs or more) for maximum stability on patios, decks, or grass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for a housewarming or outdoor entertaining setup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — the Nuvia Haven 9FT Patio Umbrella makes a thoughtful and practical housewarming, birthday, or holiday gift for anyone with a patio, backyard, or outdoor dining space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I clean and maintain this umbrella?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Clean the canopy with mild soap and warm water using a soft brush. Allow to air dry fully before closing to prevent mildew. Store in a protective cover during off-season months for longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in \u003cstrong\u003e2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e — no hidden fees, no delays. Order today and transform your outdoor space with Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":46565561237654,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki","offer_id":46565561270422,"sku":null,"price":90.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/7760dae6-2d57-11ef-8dd1-0a580a699c58.jpg?v=1789704976"},{"product_id":"2-tier-metal-outdoor-side-table-floral-round-balcony-patio","title":"2-Tier Metal Outdoor Side Table, Floral Round Balcony \u0026 Patio Table, Sturdy Compact Design, Easy Assembly, for Patio, Courtyard, Balcony \u0026 Garden — Multiple Styles","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2-Tier Metal Outdoor Side Table — Functional Style for Every Outdoor Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd a touch of elegance and practical storage to any outdoor setting with the Nuvia Haven 2-Tier Metal Side Table. Featuring a beautifully detailed floral round tabletop and a sturdy two-tier shelf design, this compact side table is equally at home on a balcony, patio, courtyard, or garden. It assembles quickly without tools and folds down or moves easily thanks to its lightweight, portable construction. Available in five distinct styles — from minimalist matte black and clean white to artistic floral and mandala-inspired prints — there's a look to complement any outdoor aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌸 \u003cstrong\u003eFloral Round Tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e — Artistic detailing adds decorative charm to any patio or balcony setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003e2-Tier Shelf Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra shelf for drinks, books, plants, or small decor items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Metal Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable construction stands up to regular outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e — Quick setup with no special tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧳 \u003cstrong\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight design is easy to move and reposition as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e5 Style Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — White Single-Layer, Mandala Flower, Floral Fantasy, Artistic Flower, and Matte Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎁 \u003cstrong\u003eGreat Gift Idea\u003c\/strong\u003e — A charming and practical gift for housewarmings, birthdays, or the holidays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-Tier with Floral Round Top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Assembly — No Special Tools Needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Lightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Styles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite Single-Layer, Mandala Flower Desktop, Floral Fantasy, Artistic Flower Table, Matte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Balcony, Courtyard, Garden, Outdoor Living Areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGift Occasions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHousewarming, Birthday, Christmas, Holiday\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this table suitable for outdoor use year-round?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The metal frame is designed for outdoor use. For best longevity, we recommend bringing it indoors or covering it during heavy rain or harsh winter conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How difficult is assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is very straightforward and requires no special tools. Most customers complete setup in under 15 minutes following the included instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this table hold drinks and small plants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the 2-tier design gives you a tabletop surface and a lower shelf, perfect for holding drinks, a small potted plant, books, candles, or other small outdoor accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the tabletop flat or decorative only?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The floral round tabletop is both decorative and fully functional as a surface. It can hold beverages, small trays, and lightweight items comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How heavy is the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is designed to be lightweight and easy to move, making it ideal for balconies and smaller outdoor spaces where portability matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for someone who loves outdoor decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — it's a popular housewarming and holiday gift for anyone with a patio, balcony, or garden. It combines practical function with decorative appeal in a compact package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse — enjoy free delivery in just 2–7 business days. Order today and elevate your outdoor living space with Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"1PCS White Single-Layer Small Table","offer_id":46565566906518,"sku":null,"price":50.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mandala Flower Desktop","offer_id":46565566939286,"sku":null,"price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floral Fantasy","offer_id":46565566972054,"sku":null,"price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Artistic flower table","offer_id":46565567004822,"sku":null,"price":68.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Matte Black","offer_id":46565567037590,"sku":null,"price":50.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/e89965fa-8b33-4c28-91f4-666892feabd8.jpg?v=1789704985"},{"product_id":"large-patio-umbrella-9ft-10ft-outdoor-market-crank-tilt-metal-frame","title":"Large Patio Umbrella 9ft \/ 10ft, Outdoor Market Umbrella with Manual Crank \u0026 Tilt, Metal Frame, Polyester Canopy, Table or Freestanding Use, 5 Colors — Beige, Red, Dark Blue, Light Blue, Dark Green","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLarge Patio Umbrella — Sun Protection for Every Outdoor Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhether you're shading a dining table on the patio, creating a relaxing spot on the lawn, or sheltering beach chairs in the backyard, the Nuvia Haven Large Patio Umbrella has you covered — literally. Available in 9ft and 10ft sizes across five versatile colors, this market umbrella features a sturdy metal frame, UV-resistant polyester canopy, easy manual crank lift, and a tilt function so you can follow the sun all day long. Compatible with both table-mounted and freestanding base setups, it adapts to any outdoor layout with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eUV-Resistant Polyester Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e — Blocks sun and provides cool shade on hot summer days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Metal Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable construction built to handle outdoor conditions season after season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔄 \u003cstrong\u003eManual Crank Lift\u003c\/strong\u003e — Opens and closes effortlessly with a smooth hand-crank mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📐 \u003cstrong\u003eTilt Function\u003c\/strong\u003e — Angle the canopy to block low morning or afternoon sun as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003e2 Size Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose 9ft for standard tables or 10ft for wider coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e5 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Beige, Red, Dark Blue, Light Blue, and Dark Green to suit any outdoor aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧳 \u003cstrong\u003eTable or Freestanding Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Works with umbrella-hole patio tables or a separate weighted base (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ft \/ 10 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester (UV-Resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpening Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual Crank Lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — Adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable or Freestanding Base (base sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige, Red, Dark Blue, Light Blue, Dark Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Deck, Backyard, Poolside, Garden, Lawn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this umbrella come with a base or stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The umbrella does not include a freestanding base. It is designed to fit through a standard umbrella hole on a patio table, or you can purchase a compatible weighted base separately for freestanding use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the 9ft and 10ft versions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 9ft version is ideal for standard 4-person patio tables and smaller spaces. The 10ft version provides wider coverage — great for larger dining sets, lounge areas, or poolside seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the canopy water-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The polyester canopy provides excellent UV protection and is designed to resist light rain and moisture. For heavy rain or strong winds, we recommend closing and securing the umbrella.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I open and close the umbrella?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Simply use the built-in manual hand crank to raise or lower the canopy smoothly. The tilt function allows you to angle the canopy using the side adjustment lever or button.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the umbrella sturdy enough for windy conditions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The metal frame provides solid construction for normal outdoor use. In high-wind conditions, it is best practice to close and secure the umbrella to prevent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this umbrella at the beach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — with a suitable sand anchor or weighted base, this umbrella works well at the beach. The large canopy provides ample shade for beach chairs and towels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse — enjoy free delivery in just 2–7 business days. Order today and create your perfect shaded outdoor retreat with Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Beige Color \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565567070358,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige Color \/ 10ft","offer_id":46565567103126,"sku":null,"price":73.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565567135894,"sku":null,"price":68.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 10ft","offer_id":46565567168662,"sku":null,"price":73.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Blue \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565567201430,"sku":null,"price":70.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Blue \/ 10ft","offer_id":46565567234198,"sku":null,"price":73.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Blue \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565567266966,"sku":null,"price":68.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Blue \/ 10ft","offer_id":46565567299734,"sku":null,"price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Green \/ 9FT","offer_id":46565567332502,"sku":null,"price":68.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Green \/ 10ft","offer_id":46565567365270,"sku":null,"price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/f9554b0a-8e1c-483f-9ad4-15c1e22a453c.jpg?v=1789704987"},{"product_id":"outdoor-patio-swing-glider-canopy-heavy-duty-stand-rust-proof","title":"Outdoor Patio Swing Glider with Canopy \u0026 Heavy Duty Stand, Adjustable Bracket, Rust-Proof Powder Coated Frame, Sun Shade Polyester Canopy, Adult Porch Swing for Garden, Lawn and Backyard","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOutdoor Patio Swing Glider with Canopy — Relax in Comfort \u0026amp; Style\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBring the spa-like experience of gentle swinging motion right to your backyard with the Nuvia Haven Outdoor Patio Swing Glider. Designed for adults who love to unwind outdoors, this premium swing combines a heavy-duty rust-proof frame, an adjustable swinging bracket, and a sun-shading polyester canopy to create the ultimate outdoor lounging spot. Whether placed on a porch, patio, garden, or lawn, this swing is built to endure the elements while keeping you comfortable season after season. Available in six colors to complement any outdoor aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003ePolyester Sun Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e — Block UV rays and stay cool in the shade during sunny days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty Stand \u0026amp; Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built to support adults with a sturdy, stable construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌪️ \u003cstrong\u003eRust-Proof Powder Coated Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Weather-resistant coating ensures years of outdoor durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔄 \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e — Customize the swinging angle for your perfect comfort level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perfect for porches, patios, gardens, lawns, and backyards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e6 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black, Beige, Coffee, Red, Green, and Blue to match your outdoor decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty Powder Coated Steel (Rust-Proof)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester (UV-Resistant Sun Shade)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Swinging Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdults (18+ Years)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Beige, Coffee, Red, Green, Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePorch, Patio, Garden, Lawn, Backyard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this swing suitable for heavy adults?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The heavy-duty steel frame and stand are engineered to support adult weight loads. It is designed specifically for adults 18 years and older for safe, comfortable use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the canopy be removed or adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The polyester canopy is designed to provide shade and can typically be adjusted or folded back depending on your preference. It attaches securely to the frame to stay in place during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this swing rust over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No — the frame features a powder-coated rust-proof finish specifically engineered for outdoor use, providing long-lasting protection against moisture, rain, and UV exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How difficult is assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is straightforward with included hardware and instructions. Most customers complete setup in under an hour without needing special tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this swing stable on uneven ground?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The heavy-duty stand is designed for use on flat, level surfaces such as patios, decks, and lawns. For best stability and safety, place it on a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for homeowners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — it makes a wonderful housewarming or holiday gift for anyone with outdoor space. It's a practical, relaxing upgrade that any porch or garden lover will appreciate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse — enjoy free delivery in just 2–7 business days. Order today and create your perfect outdoor retreat with Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":46565567430806,"sku":null,"price":150.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige Color","offer_id":46565567463574,"sku":null,"price":151.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee color","offer_id":46565567496342,"sku":null,"price":151.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":46565567529110,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":46565567561878,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":46565567594646,"sku":null,"price":133.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/ec6bbd09-022e-4cd5-b0c6-94a1bb8ddf58.jpg?v=1789704991"},{"product_id":"folding-table-4ft-6ft-lightweight-portable-indoor-outdoor-white","title":"Folding Table 4ft 6ft Lightweight Portable Table Indoor Outdoor Picnic Camping Board Game with Carrying Handle Locks White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLightweight Portable Folding Table — 4FT \u0026amp; 6FT\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhether you're hosting a backyard party, heading to a campsite, setting up at a market, or enjoying a picnic in the park — this lightweight portable folding table has you covered. Available in 4FT, 6FT, and a space-saving 4FT Lightweight style, this versatile table folds flat for compact storage and transport, features a built-in carrying handle for easy portability, and locks securely when set up for a stable, wobble-free surface. The clean White finish complements any indoor or outdoor setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧳 \u003cstrong\u003e3 Size Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4FT, 6FT, and 4FT Lightweight style to suit any space or occasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Easy to carry from room to room or venue to venue without strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔒 \u003cstrong\u003eSecure Locking Legs\u003c\/strong\u003e – Legs lock firmly in place for a stable, safe surface during use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🚜 \u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Carrying Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Integrated handle makes transport quick and effortless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠 \u003cstrong\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Versatility\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for picnics, camping, board games, parties, crafts, and everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧹 \u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Clean White Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – Smooth top wipes clean with minimal effort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003eFolds Flat for Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Compact fold makes it easy to store in a closet, garage, or car trunk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4FT, 6FT, 4FT Lightweight Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg Locking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — Secure Lock Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrying Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — Built-In\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds Flat for Compact Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePicnic, Camping, Board Games, Events, Crafts, Parties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the 4FT and 4FT Lightweight style?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 4FT Lightweight style is designed with a lighter build for maximum portability, making it ideal for activities where you need to carry the table over longer distances like camping or outdoor markets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this table suitable for outdoor use in various weather conditions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. This table is designed for both indoor and outdoor use. For long-term outdoor exposure, bring it indoors or store it when not in use to maximize lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How easy is it to set up and fold down?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Very easy. The legs unfold and lock into place in seconds, and folding it back down is equally quick — no tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be used as a party or event table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The 4FT and 6FT sizes are ideal for buffet tables, vendor markets, yard sales, craft fairs, and party setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the surface easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The smooth white surface wipes clean with a damp cloth, making cleanup after meals, crafts, or events quick and easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift idea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! A portable folding table is one of those wonderfully practical gifts perfect for housewarming, birthdays, or anyone who loves outdoor activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Free delivery in \u003cstrong\u003e2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e. Order today and get the versatile portable table you've been looking for with Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"White \/ 4FT","offer_id":46565567692950,"sku":null,"price":101.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 6FT","offer_id":46565567725718,"sku":null,"price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 4FT Lightweight style","offer_id":46565567758486,"sku":null,"price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/b4686789-84f7-44ff-bd92-61e636763ec1.jpg?v=1789704994"},{"product_id":"outdoor-porch-glider-swing-canopy-heavy-duty-patio-furniture","title":"Outdoor Porch Glider Swing with Canopy Rust Proof Heavy Duty Steel Frame Adjustable Canopy Patio Furniture Garden Lawn Backyard Black Beige Brown Red Green","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOutdoor Porch Glider Swing with All-Weather Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your patio, garden, lawn, or backyard into the ultimate relaxation retreat with this heavy-duty outdoor porch glider swing. Featuring an adjustable multi-position canopy for sun and rain protection, a rust-proof powder-coated all-steel frame, and precision-engineered components for smooth, quiet gliding motion — this swing is built to last and built for comfort. Weather-resistant cushions and a UV-treated canopy ensure year-round durability. Available in Black, Beige, Brown, Red, and Green to complement any outdoor setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Multi-Position Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tilt to block sun glare or shield from rain for all-weather outdoor enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eRust-Proof Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2-step powder coating provides maximum corrosion resistance for long-lasting outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌊 \u003cstrong\u003eSmooth \u0026amp; Quiet Gliding\u003c\/strong\u003e – Precision-engineered joints deliver effortless, noise-free motion for true relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Cushions\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable cushions and UV-treated canopy withstand the elements season after season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Clear step-by-step instructions and all tools included; assembly takes approximately one hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e5 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Black, Beige, Brown, Red, or Green to match your outdoor decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty \u0026amp; Stable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Wobble-free, solid construction ensures a safe and secure gliding experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll-Steel, Powder Coated (Rust Proof)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Multi-Position, UV-Treated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCushions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Beige, Brown, Red, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth, Quiet Gliding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy, Tools \u0026amp; Instructions Included (~1 hour)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Garden, Lawn, Porch, Backyard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this swing suitable for use in rain or direct sunlight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The adjustable canopy shields from both sun and rain, while the UV-treated fabric and weather-resistant cushions are designed for year-round outdoor exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does assembly take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly typically takes approximately one hour. Clear step-by-step instructions and all necessary tools are included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the swing make noise when gliding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No. The swing is precision-engineered for smooth, quiet gliding motion — no squeaking or wobbling during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many people can sit on this swing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This is a porch glider swing designed to comfortably seat two adults. Refer to the product specs for exact weight capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the frame rust over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The all-steel frame features a 2-step powder coating specifically designed for maximum rust resistance, making it suitable for long-term outdoor use in various weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for outdoor enthusiasts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. It makes an exceptional housewarming, Father's Day, Mother's Day, or birthday gift for anyone who loves spending time outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Free delivery in \u003cstrong\u003e2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e. Order today and elevate your outdoor living space with Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":46565568577686,"sku":null,"price":137.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":46565568610454,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":46565568643222,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":46565568675990,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":46565568708758,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/5d269d15-afa7-49cb-91b1-6d07bf6ec1f0_2000x2000.jpeg.format.jpg?v=1789704999"},{"product_id":"rattan-bistro-set-3-piece-outdoor-patio-chairs-glass-table","title":"Rattan Bistro Set 3 Piece Outdoor Patio Furniture with 2 Chairs \u0026 Glass Top Table, Plush Cushions Conversation Set for Backyard, Balcony and Garden, Black Rattan Frame","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3-Piece Rattan Bistro Set for Patio, Balcony \u0026amp; Backyard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eElevate your outdoor living with the Nuvia Haven Rattan Bistro Set — a perfectly matched 3-piece ensemble that brings café-style charm to any backyard, balcony, or garden. This conversation set features two generously cushioned chairs and a tempered safety glass top table, all crafted with a weather-resistant black rattan frame. Whether you're enjoying a morning coffee, evening cocktails, or a quiet read outdoors, this set creates the ideal intimate setting with effortless style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eComplete 3-Piece Set\u003c\/strong\u003e — Includes 2 chairs + 1 glass-top table, ready to use right out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eSafety Tempered Glass Table Top\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable, scratch-resistant, and safe for everyday outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛌 \u003cstrong\u003ePlush Cushioned Chairs\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thick padded cushions for comfortable, extended outdoor seating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌧️ \u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Rattan Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black rattan construction stands up to sun, wind, and rain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏡 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perfect for backyards, patios, balconies, porches, gardens, and pool decks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in gray cushion, black mat, and beige mat to match any outdoor aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Rattan Chairs + 1 Glass Top Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather-Resistant Black Rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered Safety Glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCushions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlush, Thick Padded Cushions (Included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack Rattan + Gray Cushion \/ Black Mat \/ Beige Mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Balcony, Backyard, Garden, Pool Deck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBistro \/ Conversation Set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bistro set suitable for year-round outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The weather-resistant rattan frame is designed to withstand outdoor conditions. For maximum longevity, we recommend using furniture covers during heavy rain or winter months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do the cushions come included with the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. Each set comes complete with plush cushions for both chairs — simply choose your preferred cushion color (gray, black, or beige) at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the glass tabletop safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the table features tempered safety glass, which is significantly stronger than regular glass and designed to resist cracking or shattering from normal outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for homeowners or housewarming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It's a fantastic housewarming or holiday gift for anyone with a patio, balcony, or backyard. This set instantly upgrades any outdoor space and is practical enough to use daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How difficult is assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is straightforward with included hardware and instructions. Most customers complete setup in under 30 minutes without special tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this set be used on a small balcony?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The compact bistro format is specifically designed to fit comfortably on smaller balconies and patios while still providing a full dining and lounging experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse — enjoy free delivery in just 2–7 business days. Order today and transform your outdoor space with Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Black rattan gray cushion","offer_id":46565568741526,"sku":null,"price":131.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black rattan black mat","offer_id":46565568774294,"sku":null,"price":131.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Rattan Beige Mat","offer_id":46565568807062,"sku":null,"price":128.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/f3ad2f28-56ec-4cc8-b1c9-d9905f15a579.jpg?v=1789705001"},{"product_id":"9ft-heavy-duty-patio-umbrella-crank-uv-block-12-colors","title":"9FT Heavy-Duty Patio Umbrella with Crank – 6 Sturdy Ribs, UV Block, for Market, Pool, Backyard \u0026 Garden | 12 Colors (Base Sold Separately)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e9FT Heavy-Duty Patio Umbrella – Shade, Style \u0026amp; Durability for Any Outdoor Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCreate the perfect shaded retreat with this 9-foot heavy-duty patio umbrella from Nuvia Haven. Spanning 9 feet in diameter, this market-style umbrella delivers generous coverage for outdoor dining tables, poolside loungers, backyard patios, and garden seating areas. Six sturdy ribs provide a strong, stable canopy frame that holds up in light breezes, while the smooth hand crank mechanism makes opening and closing effortless. UV-blocking fabric keeps you and your guests protected from harmful sun exposure so you can enjoy your outdoor space longer and more comfortably. Available in 12 colors to match any outdoor decor style — from neutral classics to bold seasonal tones. Note: base sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Patio Umbrella Is a Backyard Essential\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003e9-Foot Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Wide 9ft canopy provides ample shade for outdoor dining tables, lounge chairs, and seating areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eUV-Blocking Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e – Protects against harmful UV rays so you and your guests can relax outdoors safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003e6 Sturdy Ribs\u003c\/strong\u003e – Reinforced rib construction keeps the canopy stable and well-shaped in everyday outdoor conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔄 \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Hand Crank\u003c\/strong\u003e – Smooth crank mechanism opens and closes the umbrella quickly without effort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e12 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from Beige, Navy, Red, Grey, Royal Blue, Pink, Yellow, Cream White, Dark Green, Apple Green, Brown, and Black \u0026amp; White Stripe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌼 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal for patios, backyards, poolsides, garden seating, farmers markets, and outdoor dining setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 Feet (Diameter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRibs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Sturdy Ribs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpening Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand Crank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – UV-Blocking Canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige, Navy, Red, Grey, Royal Blue, Pink, Yellow, Cream White, Dark Green, Apple Green, Brown, Black \u0026amp; White Stripe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold Separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Pool, Backyard, Garden, Market\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the base included with this umbrella?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No, the base is sold separately. We recommend choosing a heavy umbrella base (typically 50 lbs or more for a 9ft umbrella) to ensure stability outdoors, especially in areas with moderate wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the canopy block UV rays?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The canopy is made with UV-blocking fabric designed to reduce exposure to harmful UVA and UVB rays, making it suitable for extended outdoor use at pools, patios, and garden seating areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many ribs does this umbrella have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This umbrella has 6 sturdy ribs that support the canopy and help maintain its shape during outdoor use. The reinforced rib structure ensures a stable, well-rounded canopy profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the crank easy to operate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The hand crank mechanism is smooth and designed for quick, effortless opening and closing — no pulling or unlatching required like traditional push-button umbrellas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this umbrella be used at a farmers market or outdoor event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The market-style design and wide 9ft canopy make it well-suited for vendor booths, farmers markets, outdoor events, and commercial patio setups in addition to residential use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for homeowners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. A quality outdoor patio umbrella is a practical and appreciated gift for anyone with a backyard, patio, deck, or pool area. Great for housewarming, birthday, and seasonal occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days. Order today and get your patio umbrella delivered fast — no waiting, no customs delays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":46565568905366,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"navy","offer_id":46565568938134,"sku":null,"price":65.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":46565568970902,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":46565569003670,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue","offer_id":46565569036438,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"pink","offer_id":46565569069206,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":46565569101974,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White","offer_id":46565569134742,"sku":null,"price":65.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Green","offer_id":46565569167510,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Apple Green","offer_id":46565569200278,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":46565569233046,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \u0026 White Stripe","offer_id":46565569265814,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/38559e71-8660-4ba8-acf9-7a74d244d1a7.jpg?v=1789705009"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-double-hammock-steel-stand-450lb-anti-roll-swing-bed","title":"Heavy-Duty Double Hammock with Steel Stand – 450 lbs Outdoor Swing Bed, Anti-Roll Balance, Carry Bag Included, Easy Assembly, No Poles or Fillers | Tropical, Cyan \u0026 Green","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Double Hammock with Steel Stand – Swing, Relax \u0026amp; Unwind Anywhere\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eExperience total outdoor relaxation with this heavy-duty double hammock and steel stand set from Nuvia Haven. Rated for up to 450 lbs, this generously sized hammock features a unique anti-roll balance design that keeps the hammock stable and centered while you relax — no more tipping or unwanted swinging. The durable steel stand assembles quickly with no poles or fillers required, making setup simple and hassle-free wherever you take it. A carry bag is included for easy transport and compact storage. Choose from three vibrant color options: Tropical, Cyan, and Green — perfect for brightening up any outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes This Hammock Stand Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚖️ \u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Roll Balance System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Unique design keeps the hammock centered and stable, preventing rolling or tipping during use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003e450 lbs Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heavy-duty build comfortably supports two adults for shared outdoor lounging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌊 \u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor Swing Bed Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Generously sized hammock doubles as a swing bed for napping, reading, or stargazing outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛠️ \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly, No Poles or Fillers\u003c\/strong\u003e – The steel stand goes together quickly without additional hardware, tools, or filler components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💼 \u003cstrong\u003eCarry Bag Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Fold it down and pack it up for camping trips, beach days, and backyard entertaining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e3 Vibrant Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – Available in Tropical, Cyan, and Green — bold, cheerful tones for patios, gardens, and poolside setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble Hammock with Steel Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalance System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-Roll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-Duty Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy – No Poles or Fillers Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammock + Steel Stand + Carry Bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTropical, Cyan, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Backyard, Garden, Camping, Beach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does anti-roll balance mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The anti-roll balance system is a design feature built into the hammock’s spread bars or frame connection that prevents the hammock from rolling sideways when you get in, shift your weight, or move during use. It keeps the sleeping surface flat and centered for a more secure, comfortable experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this hammock really hold 450 lbs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. This hammock is rated for up to 450 lbs total capacity, making it suitable for two adults lounging together. The heavy-duty steel stand is engineered to match this weight rating for a safe, stable setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly truly tool-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The steel stand is designed for quick assembly with no poles, fillers, or additional tools required. Most users have the set fully assembled and ready to use in just a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this hammock indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. Since the stand is fully self-supporting, no trees or outdoor anchors are needed. It works equally well indoors in living rooms, sunrooms, or any space with sufficient floor area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for outdoor lovers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. This complete double hammock set is a crowd-pleasing gift for couples, families, campers, and anyone with a backyard or patio. Great for birthdays, Father’s Day, Mother’s Day, and housewarming occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This hammock is available in three vibrant color options: Tropical (warm, multicolor), Cyan (cool blue-green), and Green (fresh and natural) — all designed to brighten up outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days. Order today and get your double hammock set delivered fast — no waiting, no customs delays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Tropical","offer_id":46565569396886,"sku":null,"price":133.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan","offer_id":46565569429654,"sku":null,"price":150.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":46565569462422,"sku":null,"price":167.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/52606123-094f-4692-9bc4-3d483a244ae5.jpg?v=1789705013"},{"product_id":"set-of-2-zero-gravity-recliner-lounge-chairs-cup-holder-tray-outdoor","title":"Set of 2 Zero Gravity Recliner Lounge Chairs with Cup Holder Tray – Adjustable Outdoor Relaxing Chairs for Patio, Lawn, Garden \u0026 Beach | 7 Color Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSet of 2 Zero Gravity Recliner Lounge Chairs – Ultimate Outdoor Relaxation for Two\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your outdoor living space with this matching set of 2 zero gravity recliner lounge chairs from Nuvia Haven. Designed for maximum comfort and durability, these chairs recline to a zero gravity position that elevates your legs to heart level — relieving spinal pressure and promoting circulation so you can unwind for hours. The lockable reclining system lets you lock in your preferred angle, while the detachable tray with cup holders and device holders keeps everything within reach. Lightweight and foldable, these chairs go wherever relaxation takes you — from the patio and backyard to the beach and beyond. Available in 7 color options to match your outdoor aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Recliner Chair Set Stands Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌊 \u003cstrong\u003eZero Gravity Recline\u003c\/strong\u003e – Lockable multi-position reclining system elevates legs to heart level for a weightless, back-relieving rest position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e7 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from Blue, Brown, Recliner Blue Stripes, Green Stripes, Navy Blue Stripes, Yellow Stripes, and Black Stripes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🥴 \u003cstrong\u003eDetachable Tray with Cup \u0026amp; Device Holders\u003c\/strong\u003e – Keeps drinks, phones, and snacks within easy reach without leaving your chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Alloy Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Upgraded 1mm thick alloy frame construction for long-lasting outdoor performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧲 \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Lightweight fold-flat design for easy transport and compact storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e👥 \u003cstrong\u003eSet of 2\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two matching chairs for couples, families, or entertaining guests outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet of 2 Chairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Brown, Recliner Blue Stripes, Green Stripes, Navy Blue Stripes, Yellow Stripes, Black Stripes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecline Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZero Gravity \/ Multi-Position Lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgraded 1mm Alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Detachable with Cup \u0026amp; Device Holders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Portable Fold-Flat Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Lawn, Garden, Beach, Backyard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is zero gravity recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Zero gravity is a reclined position where your legs are elevated to roughly the same level as your heart. This reduces compression on the spine, promotes blood circulation, and is considered one of the most comfortable and restorative positions for extended outdoor lounging or napping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I lock the recline angle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The chair features a manual locking handle that lets you set and secure your preferred recline angle — from slightly reclined to the full zero gravity position. Simply use the handle to adjust and lock in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are both chairs in the set the same color?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. Each set includes two matching chairs in your chosen color option, making them ideal for pairing on patios, decks, poolsides, and beach setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can these chairs be used on a beach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The lightweight, foldable design makes these zero gravity chairs easy to transport and set up on beaches, at campsites, and at any outdoor venue where comfortable seating is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the cup holder tray removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The tray is fully detachable, so you can remove it when you want an unobstructed recline or reattach it whenever you need a surface for drinks and devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these chairs a good gift for outdoor enthusiasts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. This 2-pack zero gravity chair set is a popular gift for couples, homeowners, and anyone who loves outdoor living — great for Father’s Day, Mother’s Day, housewarming, and birthday gifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days. Order today and get your zero gravity recliner chair set delivered fast — no waiting, no customs delays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Relaxing Chairs - Blue","offer_id":46565569560726,"sku":null,"price":138.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Relaxing Chairs - Brown","offer_id":46565569593494,"sku":null,"price":136.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Recliner Blue Stripes","offer_id":46565569626262,"sku":null,"price":156.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Recliner Green Stripes","offer_id":46565569659030,"sku":null,"price":165.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lounge chair navy blue stripes","offer_id":46565569691798,"sku":null,"price":191.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow Stripes","offer_id":46565569724566,"sku":null,"price":187.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Strips","offer_id":46565569757334,"sku":null,"price":193.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/989f3c81-0c01-4721-9d5f-308ebd11e382.jpg?v=1789705016"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-double-hammock-steel-stand-450lbs-linen-canvas","title":"Heavy-Duty Double Hammock with Steel Stand – 450 lbs Capacity, 100% Linen Canvas, Carry Case \u0026 Head Pillow Included, No Assembly, Portable for Patio, Backyard, Camping \u0026 Balcony | 4 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Double Hammock with Steel Stand – The Complete Outdoor Relaxation Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRelax in style with this heavy-duty double hammock and steel stand set from Nuvia Haven. Built to support up to 450 lbs, this hammock is engineered for two people and constructed from 100% linen canvas with reinforced stitching for lasting durability. The sturdy steel frame assembles without any tools and requires no trees, making it perfect for patios, backyards, balconies, living rooms, and camping trips. A carry case and head pillow are included so you can take the comfort anywhere. Choose from four stylish color options: Coffee Strip, Blue+Green+Yellow, Dark Blue, and Black Stripes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Double Hammock Set Stands Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003e450 lbs Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heavy-duty build supports two adults comfortably for worry-free lounging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003e100% Linen Canvas\u003c\/strong\u003e – Reinforced stitching throughout for a durable, breathable, and comfortable lying surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛠️ \u003cstrong\u003eNo Assembly Required\u003c\/strong\u003e – Sturdy steel stand sets up in minutes without tools — ready to use straight out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💼 \u003cstrong\u003eCarry Case Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient carry bag makes transport and storage easy for camping, beach trips, and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💤 \u003cstrong\u003eHead Pillow Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Integrated headrest pillow adds extra comfort for napping, reading, or stargazing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e4 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from Coffee Strip, Blue+Green+Yellow, Dark Blue, and Black Stripes to suit your outdoor aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble Hammock with Steel Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Linen Canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStitching\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSturdy Steel Frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo Tools Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammock + Steel Stand + Carry Case + Head Pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoffee Strip, Blue+Green+Yellow, Dark Blue, Black Stripes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Backyard, Balcony, Camping, Indoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this hammock really hold 450 lbs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. This heavy-duty double hammock is rated for up to 450 lbs total weight capacity, making it suitable for two adults. The reinforced linen canvas and sturdy steel stand work together to provide a safe, stable lounging experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do I need tools to set up the steel stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No tools are required. The steel stand is designed for quick, intuitive assembly that most users complete in just a few minutes straight out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this hammock indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The steel stand is self-supporting, meaning no trees or outdoor structures are needed. It works equally well indoors in living rooms, sunrooms, and bedrooms with sufficient ceiling height and floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the carry case large enough for the stand and hammock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The carry case is designed to hold the hammock and its hardware for transport and storage. For camping and travel, we recommend checking the packed dimensions against your vehicle or storage space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for outdoor enthusiasts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. This complete double hammock set is a popular gift for couples, campers, and homeowners with patios or backyards. It's a great choice for birthdays, anniversaries, Father's Day, Mother's Day, and housewarming gifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This hammock set comes in four color options: Coffee Strip (warm earthy tones), Blue+Green+Yellow (vibrant multicolor), Dark Blue (classic and bold), and Black Stripes (modern and neutral).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days. Order today and get your double hammock set delivered fast — no waiting, no customs delays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Coffee Strip","offer_id":46565569822870,"sku":null,"price":108.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue+Green+Yellow","offer_id":46565569855638,"sku":null,"price":108.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Blue","offer_id":46565569888406,"sku":null,"price":124.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Stripes","offer_id":46565569921174,"sku":null,"price":124.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/8984d2bf-d7ad-40bc-a04e-5871e6956a97.jpg?v=1789705020"},{"product_id":"anti-uv-sunshade-net-garden-greenhouse-pergola-terrace","title":"Anti-UV Sunshade Net for Garden, Greenhouse, Pergola \u0026 Terrace – Durable Sun Protection Shade Cloth for Plants \u0026 Outdoor Spaces | Brown \u0026 Black, Multiple Sizes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAnti-UV Sunshade Net – Protect Your Plants \u0026amp; Outdoor Spaces from Harsh Sun\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive your garden, greenhouse, terrace, or pergola the shade it deserves with this durable anti-UV sunshade net from Nuvia Haven. Engineered to block harmful ultraviolet rays, this shade cloth protects delicate plants, vegetables, and seedlings from sunburn while reducing heat buildup in outdoor spaces. Easy to install and cut to size, it drapes effortlessly over trellises, greenhouse frames, pergola beams, and garden beds. Available in warm Brown and neutral Black across a wide range of sizes — from compact 78”×78” panels up to expansive 236”×236” covers for large outdoor areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners \u0026amp; Homeowners Choose This Shade Net\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eAnti-UV Sun Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Blocks harmful UV rays to shield plants from sunscald and reduce heat stress in gardens and greenhouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌱 \u003cstrong\u003ePlant-Friendly Shade\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal for vegetables, flowers, seedlings, and tropical plants that thrive in filtered light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏗️ \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e – Easy to drape, tie, or clip over greenhouse frames, pergola beams, garden trellises, and terrace covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heavy-duty woven fabric holds up to outdoor weather, wind, and seasonal use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Sizes Available\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from compact to extra-large panels in both Brown and Black to match your outdoor space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Easy to Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Flexible mesh is simple to cut, fold, and reposition as your garden needs change\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSizes Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78”×78” \/ 78”×118” \/ 118”×157” \/ 118”×197” \/ 236”×236” (+ newly upgraded variants)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Anti-UV Fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, Greenhouse, Pergola, Terrace, Patio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Vegetables, Flowers, Seedlings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Drape, Tie or Clip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What percentage of UV does this shade net block?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shade cloth is designed to significantly reduce UV exposure for plants and outdoor areas. The exact shading rate provides filtered light suitable for most vegetable crops, flowers, and heat-sensitive plants. It is not a total blackout fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this net over a greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. This sunshade net is specifically designed for greenhouse use, draping easily over frame structures to reduce internal temperatures and protect seedlings and delicate plants from direct sun exposure during peak summer months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I cut this shade cloth to fit a specific area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The woven mesh fabric can be trimmed to your required dimensions with scissors or a utility knife. The material is designed to resist fraying at cut edges for a clean, lasting fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this suitable for use as a pergola cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. Many homeowners use this net as a lightweight pergola shade cover that reduces sun glare and heat while allowing air circulation — perfect for outdoor dining areas and garden seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which color is better — Brown or Black?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Both offer similar UV protection. Brown blends naturally into garden and terrace settings for a warm, earthy look, while Black provides a clean, modern aesthetic that complements dark pergola frames and outdoor structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for gardeners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! This shade net is a thoughtful and practical gift for gardening enthusiasts, homeowners with greenhouses, and anyone who grows their own vegetables or flowers outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days. Order today and get your sunshade net delivered fast — no waiting, no customs delays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"【Brown】 \/ 118.11inch×157.48inch","offer_id":46565570019478,"sku":null,"price":48.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"【Brown】 \/ 118.11inch X 196.85inch","offer_id":46565570052246,"sku":null,"price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"【Brown】 \/ 236.22inch×236.22inch","offer_id":46565570085014,"sku":null,"price":92.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 78.74inch×78.74inch","offer_id":46565570117782,"sku":null,"price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"【Brown】 \/ Newly Upgraded 78.74inch×78.74inch","offer_id":46565570150550,"sku":null,"price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"【Brown】 \/ Newly upgraded 78.74inch × 118.11inch","offer_id":46565570183318,"sku":null,"price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Newly upgraded 78.74inch × 118.11inch","offer_id":46565570216086,"sku":null,"price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"【Brown】 \/ 78.74inch×78.74inch","offer_id":46565570248854,"sku":null,"price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/1acfced2-33ae-42b2-a98d-04f18a98277d.jpg?v=1789705024"},{"product_id":"rectangle-shade-sail-anti-uv-sun-shade-cloth-patio-pergola-pool","title":"Rectangle Shade Sail Anti-UV Sun Shade Cloth – Wind Blocker Canopy for Patio, Pergola, Backyard, Lawn \u0026 Swimming Pool | 3 Sizes Available","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRectangle Shade Sail – Beat the Sun \u0026amp; Reclaim Your Outdoor Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your patio, pergola, backyard, or poolside into a cool, shaded retreat with this heavy-duty rectangle shade sail from Nuvia Haven. Engineered with anti-UV fabric, this canopy sail blocks harmful UV rays while allowing airflow to keep your outdoor space comfortable even on the hottest days. The sturdy rectangle design doubles as a wind blocker and privacy screen, making it ideal for year-round use — including as a pool cover to prevent leaf accumulation in winter. Available in three sizes to fit a wide range of outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Shade Sail Stands Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eAnti-UV Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Blocks harmful UV rays to protect your family, furniture, and outdoor living areas from sun damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌬️ \u003cstrong\u003eWind Blocker \u0026amp; Privacy Screen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dense fabric provides a windbreak and privacy barrier for patios, decks, and backyard spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏗️ \u003cstrong\u003eFits Patio, Pergola \u0026amp; Pool\u003c\/strong\u003e – Versatile rectangle design works over patios, pergolas, garden areas, lawns, and swimming pools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🍂 \u003cstrong\u003eWinter Pool Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e – Prevents leaf and debris accumulation in your pool during off-season months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003e3 Size Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from 78”×78”, 78”×118”, or 78”×157” to perfectly cover your outdoor space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Outdoor Fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built to withstand outdoor conditions including sun, wind, and seasonal weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSizes Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.74”×78.74” \/ 78.74”×118.11” \/ 78.74”×157.48”\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Anti-UV Fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWind Blocking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrivacy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Pergola, Backyard, Pool, Lawn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeasonal Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYear-Round including Winter Pool Cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is a shade sail and how does it work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: A shade sail is a large fabric canopy that is stretched and anchored between fixed points (posts, walls, or trees) to create a shaded area. This rectangle shade sail blocks UV rays and reduces heat in the area below, making outdoor spaces more comfortable during hot weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I install this shade sail?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Attach the corner rings to anchor points such as posts, fence rails, or structural supports using ropes, cables, or hardware (sold separately). Pull the fabric taut for maximum coverage and wind resistance. The rectangle shape makes it easy to align with standard outdoor structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this shade sail be used as a pool cover in winter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The dense fabric effectively covers a swimming pool to reduce leaf and debris accumulation during the fall and winter months. It is not a watertight cover but functions well as a debris shield.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this shade sail waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shade sail is designed primarily for UV and wind protection with breathable fabric that allows some airflow. It is water-resistant but not fully waterproof — for heavy rain, we recommend a dedicated waterproof canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Measure the area you want to cover and choose the size that provides at least 12–18 inches of overhang on each side for secure anchoring. The 78”×78” suits small patios, the 78”×118” covers medium pergolas, and the 78”×157” is ideal for large backyards or pool areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for homeowners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. This shade sail is a practical and appreciated housewarming or holiday gift for anyone with a patio, backyard, or pool — especially those looking to extend their outdoor living season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days. Order today and get your shade sail delivered fast — no waiting, no customs delays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"78.74inch*78.74inch","offer_id":46565570347158,"sku":null,"price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"78.74inch*118.11inch","offer_id":46565570379926,"sku":null,"price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"78.74inch*157.48inch","offer_id":46565570412694,"sku":null,"price":45.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/7441bb3e-a8ca-47d4-9b6c-48c5ac305953.jpg?v=1789705030"},{"product_id":"zero-gravity-recliner-chair-outdoor-folding-lounge-chair-2-pack","title":"Zero Gravity Recliner Chair Outdoor Folding Lounge Chair 2 Pack – Beach Camping Patio Chair with Cup Holder, Adjustable Pillow for Poolside, Backyard \u0026 Lawn | Black, Blue","description":"\u003ch2\u003eZero Gravity Recliner Chair – Ultimate Outdoor Relaxation for Two\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eExperience weightless relaxation with this set of 2 zero gravity recliner chairs from Nuvia Haven. Engineered for maximum comfort, these outdoor folding lounge chairs recline to a zero gravity position that distributes your body weight evenly — relieving pressure on your back and joints while you unwind. Each chair comes with a built-in cup holder tray and an adjustable padded pillow so you can settle in for hours of comfort at the pool, on the patio, at the beach, or in the backyard. Available as a 2-pack in Black and Blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Outdoor Lovers Choose This Chair Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌊 \u003cstrong\u003eZero Gravity Recline\u003c\/strong\u003e – Elevates legs to heart level for a weightless, back-relieving resting position ideal for long outdoor lounging sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☕ \u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Cup Holder Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – Keeps your drink, phone, or snacks within easy reach without leaving your chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💤 \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Padded Pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e – Customizable headrest pillow supports your neck for comfortable napping and reading outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Folds flat for compact storage and easy transport to beach, camping sites, and tailgates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏊 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for poolside, patio, backyard, garden, lawn, camping, and beach relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Value\u003c\/strong\u003e – Get two matching chairs for couples, families, or hosting guests outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet of 2 Chairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecline Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZero Gravity \/ Multi-Position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCup Holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Built-In Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Adjustable Padded Headrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Portable Fold-Flat Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Pool, Beach, Backyard, Camping, Lawn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does \"zero gravity\" mean for a recliner chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Zero gravity refers to a reclined position where your legs are elevated to roughly the same level as your heart. This position reduces spinal compression and promotes blood circulation, making it one of the most comfortable and restorative positions for outdoor lounging or napping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can these chairs be used at the beach or camping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. These chairs are designed to be portable and fold flat for easy transport. They work great at the beach, camping sites, tailgates, sports events, and any outdoor setting where comfortable seating is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the cup holder tray removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The built-in cup holder tray is integrated into the chair arm for convenient access. It holds drinks, phones, and small items securely while you relax.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I adjust the recline position?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The chair features a multi-position locking recline system — simply lean back and lock it into your preferred angle. The zero gravity position is the fully reclined setting where your legs are raised.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for outdoor enthusiasts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. This 2-pack zero gravity chair set makes an excellent gift for couples, homeowners with patios, campers, and anyone who loves spending time outdoors. It's a popular choice for Father's Day, Mother's Day, birthdays, and housewarming gifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What colors are included in each pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Each 2-pack comes in a single color — choose either the Black pack or the Blue pack depending on your outdoor décor preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days. Order today and get your zero gravity lounge chairs delivered fast — no waiting, no customs delays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"2 Pack-Black New","offer_id":46565570510998,"sku":null,"price":130.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Pack-Blue New","offer_id":46565570543766,"sku":null,"price":130.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/0f0d376d-6078-40d6-a520-6aeb20e891b0.jpg?v=1789705034"},{"product_id":"portable-outdoor-hammock-swing-chair-patio-hanging-chair","title":"Portable Outdoor Hammock Swing Chair – Sturdy \u0026 Comfortable Hanging Chair for Patio, Backyard, Camping \u0026 Garden | Blue, Red, Black, White","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePortable Outdoor Hammock Swing Chair – Relax Anywhere, Anytime\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn any outdoor space into your personal relaxation zone with this portable hammock swing chair from Nuvia Haven. Designed for patios, backyards, balconies, camping sites, and garden hangouts, this durable hanging chair delivers a comfortable, gently swinging seat wherever you need it. The sturdy construction supports everyday use while the lightweight, portable design means you can take it on the go. Available in four vibrant colors — Blue, Red, Black, and White — to suit any outdoor style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love This Hammock Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌳 \u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor-Ready \u0026amp; Durable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built with sturdy materials to withstand regular outdoor use in patios, backyards, and gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e😌 \u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Hanging Seat\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ergonomic hammock design cradles your body for a relaxing, gently swinging experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏝️ \u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Lightweight and easy to hang, pack, and transport for camping trips, beach outings, and outdoor adventures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e4 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from Blue, Red, Black, or White to match your patio or garden aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏡 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for patios, balconies, backyards, porches, camping, and poolside relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Hang\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup lets you enjoy it in minutes — no complicated installation required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammock Swing Chair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Red, Black, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor – Patio, Backyard, Camping, Garden\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Lightweight \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Durable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing \/ Hammock Chair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSetup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Hang\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Where can I hang this hammock swing chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This hammock chair can be hung from a sturdy tree branch, pergola beam, ceiling hook, hammock stand, or any solid overhead structure rated for the chair's weight. It's ideal for patios, backyards, balconies, porches, and camping setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this chair comfortable for extended sitting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The hammock-style design naturally conforms to your body, distributing weight evenly for a comfortable, relaxing sit. Many users enjoy reading, napping, or simply unwinding in it for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this chair indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: While designed for outdoor use, this swing chair can be used indoors if you have a suitable beam, ceiling hook, or stand rated for the load. It works great in sunrooms, living rooms with high ceilings, and playrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for outdoor lovers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! This portable hammock swing chair is a popular gift for campers, hikers, gardeners, and anyone who loves spending time outdoors. It's a great choice for birthdays, Father's Day, Mother's Day, and Christmas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This hammock chair comes in Blue, Red, Black, and White — four versatile options that suit a wide range of outdoor décor styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I set it up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Setup is simple — attach the hanging hardware to a secure anchor point overhead, hook the chair, and you're ready to relax. No complicated tools or assembly required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days. Order today and get your outdoor hammock swing chair delivered fast — no waiting, no customs delays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":46565570674838,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":46565570707606,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":46565570740374,"sku":null,"price":45.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":46565570773142,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/6dfc98e0-aecf-4a65-9440-507e69d8a599.jpg?v=1789705038"},{"product_id":"40-percent-shade-cloth-grommets-greenhouse-garden-pergola-plant-protection","title":"40% Shade Cloth with Grommets for Greenhouse, Garden \u0026 Pergola – Mesh Sunshade Netting for Plant Heat Protection, Chicken Coops \u0026 Outdoor Patios","description":"\u003ch2\u003e40% Shade Cloth – Protect Your Plants, Garden \u0026amp; Outdoor Spaces from Harsh Sun\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive your plants, garden beds, and outdoor areas the protection they deserve with this \u003cstrong\u003e40% Shade Cloth with Grommets\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed with a precise 40% shading rate, this mesh sunshade netting filters just the right amount of sunlight — reducing heat stress on plants while allowing adequate light and airflow for healthy growth. Whether you're covering a greenhouse, shading a pergola, protecting a raised vegetable bed, or creating a cool retreat for your backyard chickens, this versatile shade netting is built for the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌱 \u003cstrong\u003e40% Shading Rate\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal balance of sun filtration and light transmission for most vegetables, flowers, seedlings, and heat-sensitive plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔩 \u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Grommets\u003c\/strong\u003e – Evenly spaced metal grommets along the edges for secure, easy attachment to frames, fences, posts, and pergola beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌡️ \u003cstrong\u003ePlant Heat Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Significantly reduces ambient temperature beneath the cloth to prevent scorching, wilting, and heat stress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🪴 \u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Use Versatility\u003c\/strong\u003e – Works for greenhouses, patios, pergolas, garden beds, chicken coops, kennels, and lawn areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💨 \u003cstrong\u003eBreathable Mesh Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Open weave allows airflow and natural moisture to pass through, preventing mold and maintaining a healthy growing environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eDurable All-Weather Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – UV-resistant mesh material holds up through sun, wind, and rain season after season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Sizes Available\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from 10×12 ft or 20×20 ft to cover small beds or large greenhouse structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🐔 \u003cstrong\u003eChicken Coop Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e – Creates a shaded, cooler environment for poultry and other animals in outdoor enclosures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShading Rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-Resistant Mesh Fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdge Reinforcement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal Grommets Along All Edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSizes Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10×12 ft, 20×20 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreenhouse, Garden, Pergola, Patio, Chicken Coop, Lawn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Open Breathable Mesh Weave\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-Resistant, Wind \u0026amp; Rain Durable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What plants benefit most from 40% shade cloth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: A 40% shade rate is ideal for most vegetables (lettuce, spinach, peppers), flowers, seedlings, and herbs that need protection from intense afternoon sun without being fully blocked from light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I attach the shade cloth to my greenhouse or pergola?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Use the reinforced metal grommets along the edges to tie, clip, or zip-tie the cloth to any frame, fence post, pergola beam, or garden stake. No special tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this shade cloth in a chicken coop or animal enclosure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! It's a popular choice for chicken coops, rabbit hutches, and kennels — creating a shaded, cooler microclimate that reduces heat stress for animals in outdoor enclosures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does 40% shade cloth allow rain and water to pass through?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The open mesh weave allows rainfall, irrigation spray, and air to pass through freely, so your plants continue to receive moisture even when the cloth is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this shade cloth UV-resistant for year-round use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The mesh is treated for UV resistance to maintain its integrity and performance through multiple seasons of outdoor exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size should I choose for my raised garden bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 10×12 ft size covers most standard raised beds or small pergola roofs. The 20×20 ft is ideal for greenhouse frames, large garden plots, or full patio coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy \u003cstrong\u003efree delivery in 2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e. Protect your garden all season long — order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"10*12ft","offer_id":46565572411542,"sku":null,"price":71.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*20ft","offer_id":46565572444310,"sku":null,"price":96.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/a8e88cdb-061f-41cd-8ef5-302dea3214ab.jpg?v=1789705076"},{"product_id":"outdoor-shade-cloth-uv-block-privacy-fence-screen-hdpe-sunshade-net-patio-garden","title":"Outdoor Shade Cloth UV Block Privacy Fence Screen – HDPE Sunshade Net for Patio, Garden \u0026 Lawn | Multiple Sizes \u0026 Colors with Lanyard Included","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOutdoor Shade Cloth – Ultimate UV Protection \u0026amp; Privacy for Your Outdoor Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your patio, garden, or lawn into a cool, private sanctuary with this premium \u003cstrong\u003eHDPE Outdoor Shade Cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Featuring an ultra-dense weave that blocks over 90% of harmful UV rays, this multifunctional shade screen keeps you, your family, your plants, and your outdoor furniture protected from the sun's intense heat. Whether you need a privacy screen for your porch, a sun barrier for your garden beds, or a shade solution for your pet's play area — this versatile shade cloth does it all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003e90%+ UV Ray Blockage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ultra-dense HDPE weave effectively filters out harsh sunlight to protect skin, plants, and outdoor furniture from fading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔒 \u003cstrong\u003ePrivacy Fence Screen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Blocks views from neighbors and passersby for a comfortable, private outdoor retreat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌡️ \u003cstrong\u003eHeat Insulation\u003c\/strong\u003e – Significantly reduces temperature beneath the shade for a cooler, more comfortable outdoor microclimate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty HDPE Fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e – 170–180 gsm high-density polyethylene construction resists tearing, deformation, aging, and UV degradation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e3 Classic Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from beige, dark green, or coffee brown to complement your outdoor aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📌 \u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Edges \u0026amp; Corner Guards\u003c\/strong\u003e – Plastic corner reinforcements protect edges and extend the life of the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🪝 \u003cstrong\u003eLanyard Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Free hanging rope included for quick, secure installation on fences, railings, pergolas, and garden stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🐾 \u003cstrong\u003ePet-Friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Create a shaded, calm zone for pets that reduces heat stress and external disturbances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170–180 gsm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Blockage Rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90%+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige, Dark Green, Coffee\/Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSizes Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple (see variant options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdge Reinforcement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – Plastic Corner Guards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLanyard \/ Hanging Rope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Garden, Terrace, Lawn, Fence, Pergola\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What percentage of UV rays does this shade cloth block?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shade cloth blocks over 90% of UV rays thanks to its ultra-dense HDPE weave, protecting your skin, plants, and outdoor furniture from sun damage and fading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this as a privacy screen on my patio fence?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The dense weave effectively blocks sightlines from neighbors and passersby, making it a perfect privacy screen for patios, balconies, terraces, and garden fences.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the shade cloth suitable for plant protection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! Gardeners use it to shield vegetable beds, flower gardens, and seedlings from intense midday sun, preventing scorching while still allowing air circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I install the shade cloth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Installation is simple. Use the included lanyard and reinforced corner grommets to tie or clip the cloth to fence posts, patio railings, pergola beams, or garden stakes — no tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How durable is the fabric in outdoor weather?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The heavy-duty HDPE construction is built for all-weather use — resistant to UV degradation, wind, rain, and extreme temperatures. Reinforced edges prevent tearing even with long-term outdoor exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for someone with a garden or patio?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It makes a thoughtful and practical gift for gardeners, homeowners, or anyone who spends time outdoors. Available in multiple sizes and colors to suit any outdoor setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy \u003cstrong\u003efree delivery in 2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e. Create your cool outdoor oasis — order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"2mi*2mi=78.74inches*78.74inches \/ Brown","offer_id":46565572509846,"sku":null,"price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2mi*3mi=78.74inches*118.11inches \/ Brown","offer_id":46565572542614,"sku":null,"price":45.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3mi*5mi=118.11inch*196.85inch \/ Brown","offer_id":46565572575382,"sku":null,"price":68.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"118.11 inches * 157.48 inches = 90 g\/m² \/ Brown","offer_id":46565572608150,"sku":null,"price":53.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/6591aac3-0f68-4cd7-a1e8-b0d3b2e518e7.jpg?v=1789705080"},{"product_id":"rustic-hardwood-garden-bench-2-person-wagon-wheel-outdoor-patio","title":"Rustic Hardwood Garden Bench 2-Person Wagon Wheel Design – Heavy-Duty Wide Seat \u0026 Curved Backrest Outdoor Patio Bench for Porch \u0026 Backyard","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRustic Hardwood Garden Bench – Timeless Charm for Your Outdoor Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your patio, porch, or backyard into a welcoming retreat with this beautifully crafted \u003cstrong\u003e2-Person Rustic Hardwood Garden Bench\u003c\/strong\u003e. Featuring an iconic wagon wheel design on each side, this bench brings a warm farmhouse aesthetic to any outdoor setting. The wide seat accommodates two adults comfortably, while the curved backrest provides natural lumbar support — perfect for morning coffee, evening unwinding, or simply enjoying the garden in style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eRustic Wagon Wheel Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Iconic decorative side panels add timeless farmhouse charm to any porch, patio, or garden\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🪑 \u003cstrong\u003eWide 2-Person Seat\u003c\/strong\u003e – Spacious seat fits two adults comfortably with plenty of room to relax side by side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔄 \u003cstrong\u003eCurved Ergonomic Backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e – Naturally contoured back support for extended outdoor seating comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🪵 \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Hardwood Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Solid brown wood build designed to withstand daily outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e – Treated wood construction holds up against sun, shade, and seasonal changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eNo Assembly Electricity Required\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup, no batteries or wiring needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏡 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for front porch, garden path, backyard, deck, or entryway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎁 \u003cstrong\u003eMakes a Thoughtful Gift\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal housewarming, holiday, or birthday gift for homeowners and garden lovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeating Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Person\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Hardwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\/Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonized Brown Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign Feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWagon Wheel Side Panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved for Ergonomic Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll-Weather Outdoor Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone (No Batteries\/Electricity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, Porch, Backyard, Garden, Entryway\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bench suitable for year-round outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The heavy-duty hardwood construction is built to withstand outdoor conditions across seasons. For maximum longevity, applying a wood sealant annually is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight can this bench hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This bench is designed to comfortably support two adults. The solid hardwood frame provides a strong, stable foundation for daily outdoor seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this bench require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is required. No electricity or batteries are needed — just basic tools and a short setup time to get it ready for your patio or porch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What style of outdoor space does this bench suit best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The rustic wagon wheel design pairs beautifully with farmhouse, cottage, country, and traditional garden aesthetics. It also works as a charming focal point in modern eclectic spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for someone with a garden or patio?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! It's a stunning and practical gift for housewarming parties, holidays, birthdays, or any occasion for homeowners, garden enthusiasts, or anyone who loves outdoor living.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this bench be used indoors as well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! While designed for outdoor spaces, its charming rustic style also works great in entryways, mudrooms, or as decorative seating in a sunroom or studio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy \u003cstrong\u003efree delivery in 2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e to your door. Bring rustic charm to your outdoor space — order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Carbonized Color","offer_id":46565572673686,"sku":null,"price":107.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/886bf61c-28df-4f55-85d9-ebd020453404.jpg?v=1789705084"},{"product_id":"7-5-foot-tropical-thatch-tiki-outdoor-patio-umbrella-uv-protection-push-button-tilt-steel-pole","title":"7.5 Foot Tropical Thatch Tiki Outdoor Patio Umbrella UV Protection Push Button Tilt Manual Lift Steel Pole Iron Frame Poolside Garden Backyard","description":"\u003ch2\u003e7.5 Foot Tropical Thatch Tiki Outdoor Patio Umbrella – UV Protection, Push Button Tilt\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBring a touch of resort-style relaxation to your backyard with this stunning 7.5-foot tropical thatch Tiki patio umbrella from Nuvia Haven. Inspired by classic beach and island aesthetics, the natural-look thatch canopy instantly transforms any outdoor space into a laid-back tropical retreat. The adjustable canopy system features a convenient push-button tilt mechanism and a smooth manual lift\/reclining system, allowing you to angle the shade precisely where you need it at any time of day. The sturdy steel pole and iron frame construction ensures long-lasting stability in your patio, poolside, garden, or backyard setting. UV-resistant materials protect you and your guests from harmful sun exposure throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌴 \u003cstrong\u003eTropical Thatch Tiki Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Natural-look thatch canopy creates an instant beach resort ambiance for patios, pool decks, gardens, and backyard entertaining areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – UV-resistant canopy materials shield you and your guests from harmful sun rays for safe, comfortable outdoor relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003ePush Button Tilt System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Effortlessly adjust the canopy angle with a simple push-button mechanism to follow the sun and maximize shade coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏋️ \u003cstrong\u003eManual Lift \u0026amp; Reclining System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Easy-to-operate manual crank lift and reclining function for smooth, precise shade positioning at any hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eSteel Pole \u0026amp; Iron Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable steel pole and iron rib frame provide a stable, long-lasting structure built for repeated outdoor use and seasonal weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏡 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for patio tables, poolside loungers, garden seating areas, backyard decks, and any outdoor entertainment space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 feet (diameter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTropical thatch Tiki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (UV-resistant canopy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush button tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual lift \/ reclining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePole Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, poolside, garden, backyard, deck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this umbrella come with a base or stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The umbrella pole and canopy are included. A separate weighted umbrella base is recommended for stability and is sold separately. Please ensure your base is compatible with the pole diameter before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the push button tilt work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Simply press the button located on the pole at the tilt joint and angle the canopy in the desired direction. Release the button to lock the canopy in place. No tools are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this umbrella suitable for year-round outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The steel pole and iron frame are built for outdoor durability. For maximum longevity, we recommend bringing the umbrella indoors or using a cover during heavy storms, high winds, or winter storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size table does this umbrella fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: A 7.5-foot umbrella is ideal for patio dining tables up to approximately 48 inches in diameter, providing ample shade coverage for 4–6 seating positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the thatch canopy waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The thatch-style canopy provides shade and UV protection and is designed to handle light moisture. For heavy rain, we recommend closing and storing the umbrella to protect the canopy materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this umbrella without a patio table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — with a compatible freestanding umbrella base, this umbrella can be placed anywhere in your outdoor space without a table, including poolside, garden beds, or open deck areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"1pc","offer_id":46565572870294,"sku":null,"price":93.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/9f25c07645684a88a0e5771f1d3d8e82-goods.png?v=1789705087"},{"product_id":"u-shaped-hammock-chair-stand-double-tube-350lb-rust-resistant-indoor-outdoor-free-grey-swing","title":"U-Shaped Hammock Chair Stand Double Tube Steel 350 lbs Capacity Rust-Resistant Powder Coat Indoor Outdoor Hanging Lounge Chair with Side Pocket Free Grey Swing","description":"\u003ch2\u003eU-Shaped Hammock Chair Stand – Double Tube Steel, 350 lbs Capacity, Free Grey Swing Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the ultimate hanging chair experience anywhere in your home or outdoor space with this premium U-shaped hammock chair stand from Nuvia Haven. The innovative double-tube U-shaped steel frame design delivers exceptional stability without a top beam — opening up your sightlines for a more spacious, open feel. The powder-coated rust-resistant finish makes it safe for both indoor and outdoor use year-round, while the 350-pound maximum load capacity ensures a safe and comfortable experience for a wide range of users. Assembly takes just 10 minutes with the included tools, and every purchase includes a complimentary soft grey hanging chair with a convenient side pocket for phones, books, and small accessories. Available in White and Black to complement any décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌀 \u003cstrong\u003eUnique U-Shaped Double Tube Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Innovative frameless-top structure opens up your visual field and provides superior stability with a modern, elegant look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003e350 lbs Maximum Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heavy-duty steel construction safely supports a wide range of body types for confident, comfortable use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eRust-Resistant Powder Coat Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable protective coating makes the stand suitable for both indoor and outdoor environments without corrosion concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎁 \u003cstrong\u003eFree Grey Swing Chair Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Every purchase comes with a complimentary soft, durable grey canvas hanging chair so you can start relaxing right away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📱 \u003cstrong\u003eSide Pocket Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built-in side pocket on the included chair keeps your phone, book, remote, or small accessories within easy reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⏱️ \u003cstrong\u003e10-Minute Easy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – All tools included for fast, straightforward installation — no professional help needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped double tube steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRust-resistant powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; outdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~10 minutes (tools included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand + free grey canvas swing chair with side pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this stand come with a hammock chair or do I need to buy one separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Every purchase includes a free grey canvas hanging chair with a side pocket. You get the complete stand and chair set right out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this stand be used outdoors in rain or humidity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the rust-resistant powder coat finish is designed to withstand outdoor conditions. For extended longevity, storing or covering the stand during prolonged exposure to heavy rain is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does assembly take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Most customers complete assembly in approximately 10 minutes using the included tools. No additional hardware or professional installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the U-shaped design stable without a top beam?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the specially engineered bottom bracket and dual-tube U-frame provide a safe, stable base without requiring a top crossbeam, which also gives you a more open and spacious feel while using the chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the weight limit for this stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The stand has a maximum load capacity of 350 pounds, making it suitable for most adult users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this stand suitable for a bedroom or living room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — the clean, modern design in White or Black fits beautifully in bedrooms, living rooms, sunrooms, and any indoor space where you want a cozy hanging chair without ceiling installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":46565573001366,"sku":null,"price":134.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":46565573034134,"sku":null,"price":134.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/1a6685ae-e307-4eff-b03f-addd698e77b2.jpg?v=1789705091"},{"product_id":"90-percent-sunshade-net-heavy-duty-shade-cloth-balcony-privacy-greenhouse-garden","title":"90% Sunshade Net Heavy Duty Thickened Shade Cloth Balcony Privacy Net Greenhouse Vegetable Garden Thermal Insulation PVC Edge Reinforced Corners","description":"\u003ch2\u003e90% Sunshade Net – Heavy Duty Thickened Shade Cloth for Balcony, Greenhouse \u0026amp; Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlock out intense sun, reduce heat, and protect your privacy with this heavy-duty thickened sunshade net from Nuvia Haven. Featuring an encrypted, densely woven mesh construction with a 90% sunshade rate, it significantly reduces sun exposure and thermal heat buildup — ideal for protecting vegetables, plants, and crops in agricultural greenhouses, as well as providing balcony privacy and outdoor shade. The PVC edge strip finishing ensures clean, durable borders, while the plastic corner guards and reinforced corners make installation quick and secure on any frame, fence, or structure. Available in multiple sizes to suit a wide range of coverage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003e90% Sunshade Rate\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dense, encrypted mesh blocks 90% of direct sunlight to protect plants, reduce heat, and create comfortable shaded areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty Thickened Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Reinforced mesh fabric built for durability in agricultural, residential, and commercial outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠 \u003cstrong\u003eBalcony Privacy Screen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dense weave provides effective visual privacy for apartment balconies, patios, decks, and fenced areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eGreenhouse \u0026amp; Garden Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e – Protects vegetables, seedlings, flowers, and crops from sun scorch and excessive heat during peak summer months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003ePVC Edge \u0026amp; Reinforced Corners\u003c\/strong\u003e – PVC border strip and plastic corner guards ensure clean edges and secure, long-lasting installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Size Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Available in 2x3m, 2x4m, 3x4m, 3x6m, and 78.74\"x196.85\" to fit a wide range of balconies, gardens, and greenhouse structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunshade Rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEncrypted thickened mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdge Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC edge strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced with plastic corner guards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x3m, 2x4m, 3x4m, 3x6m, 78.74\"x196.85\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalcony privacy, greenhouse, vegetable garden, patio, pergola\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will a 90% shade rate block too much light for my plants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This shade rate is ideal for sun-sensitive plants, seedlings, and vegetables that need protection from intense direct sun. For plants that require high light levels, a lower shade rate net may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this net be used as a balcony privacy screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the dense, encrypted mesh provides effective visual privacy for balconies, patios, and fenced areas, making it a dual-purpose sunshade and privacy solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I install the sunshade net?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Use the reinforced corner guards and PVC edge loops to attach the net to fence posts, greenhouse frames, pergola beams, or balcony railings using cable ties, rope, or hooks. No tools are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this net weather resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the thickened mesh and PVC edge finish are designed for outdoor use and resist UV degradation, moisture, and light wind, making it suitable for extended outdoor installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I cut this net to a custom size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The net can be trimmed to fit specific areas. The PVC-reinforced edge helps maintain structural integrity, though re-binding cut edges is recommended for long-term durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this net suitable for use as a carport or patio cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the large available sizes and durable construction make this net suitable for use as a temporary carport shade cover, pergola canopy, or patio overhead sunscreen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"3m*6m\/9.84ft*19.68ft","offer_id":46565573165206,"sku":null,"price":45.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2m*3m\/6.56ft*9.84ft","offer_id":46565573197974,"sku":null,"price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2m*4m\/6.56ft*13.12ft","offer_id":46565573230742,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"78.74inch*196.85inch","offer_id":46565573263510,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3m*4m\/9.84ft*13.12ft","offer_id":46565573296278,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/ec8518f7-7cf5-4405-a825-a1baaa49680d.jpg?v=1789705095"},{"product_id":"polycarbonate-door-window-awning-canopy-upf50-uv-rain-snow-outdoor-entry-overhang","title":"Polycarbonate Door Window Awning Canopy UPF50+ UV Rain Snow Protection Outdoor Entry Overhang 80x40 120x40 Hollow Sheet Clear Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePolycarbonate Door \u0026amp; Window Awning Canopy – UPF50+, UV, Rain \u0026amp; Snow Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShield your entryway, windows, and doors from the elements year-round with this premium polycarbonate awning canopy from Nuvia Haven. Constructed from a durable 5mm hollow polycarbonate panel with an ABS rigid frame and aluminum strip reinforcement, it delivers lasting protection against UV radiation, rain, snow, and high temperatures — all while allowing natural light to filter through. Rated UPF50+ for maximum sun protection, it carries a load-bearing capacity of 45 lbs with strong impact resistance to guard against falling debris. Available in multiple sizes (80\"x40\" and 120\"x40\") and color combinations (Clear\/Brown board with Gray\/Black bracket), it suits both residential and commercial applications, including porches, front doors, garage entries, garden terraces, and windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eUPF50+ Sun Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Blocks harmful UV rays while allowing soft natural light to pass through the polycarbonate panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌧️ \u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather Defense\u003c\/strong\u003e – Protects doorways and windows from rain, snow, UV exposure, and high temperatures throughout the year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏗️ \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – 5mm hollow polycarbonate panel + ABS frame + aluminum strip for rust-resistant, corrosion-proof strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003e45 lbs Load-Bearing Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Strong impact resistance protects against falling objects and accumulated snow load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠 \u003cstrong\u003eResidential \u0026amp; Commercial Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Elegant neutral design complements virtually any home exterior, porch, window, garage, or business entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Size \u0026amp; Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from 80\"x40\" or 120\"x40\" in Clear or Brown board with Gray or Black bracket to match your home’s style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm hollow polycarbonate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS + aluminum strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUPF50+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\"x40\" \/ 120\"x40\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors \/ Styles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear + Gray bracket, Clear + Black bracket, Brown + Black bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrick, concrete, wood, plastered or decorated walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront door, windows, porch, garage, garden terrace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this awning suitable for both residential and commercial buildings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The neutral design and durable construction make it suitable for residential homes, commercial storefronts, office entrances, and public buildings alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How difficult is installation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Two people are recommended for efficient installation. The awning is compatible with brick, concrete, wooden, and plastered walls. All fittings should be checked and tightened regularly after installation to ensure continued stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the polycarbonate panel yellow or crack over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The panel is made from UV-resistant polycarbonate that is specifically designed to resist discoloration and degradation from prolonged sun exposure, maintaining clarity and strength over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this awning handle heavy snow or strong winds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: With a 45 lb load-bearing capacity and strong impact resistance, this awning is built to handle moderate weather conditions including snow accumulation and wind exposure. Ensure all wall fixings are properly secured.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this awning block rain completely?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the solid polycarbonate panel creates a waterproof barrier over your entryway, deflecting rain away from your door threshold and protecting it from moisture damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the “up” and “A” variants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: These refer to different bracket configurations and mounting styles for the awning. Please review the product images for each variant to determine which bracket style best suits your wall and installation preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Clear Board \u0026 Gray Bracket 120\"x40\"","offer_id":46565573460118,"sku":null,"price":150.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown Board \u0026 Black Bracket 120\"x40\"","offer_id":46565573492886,"sku":null,"price":154.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear \u0026 Gray 80\"x40\"","offer_id":46565573525654,"sku":null,"price":103.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \u0026 Black 80\"x40\" (Up)","offer_id":46565573558422,"sku":null,"price":137.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \u0026 Black 80\"x40\" -A","offer_id":46565573591190,"sku":null,"price":107.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear \u0026 Black 80\"x40\" -A","offer_id":46565573623958,"sku":null,"price":120.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/dedb2e21-f56b-48a8-842a-9b86d7e387cf.jpg?v=1789705102"},{"product_id":"uv-block-shade-net-13x20ft-40-50-percent-black-olefin-plant-greenhouse-garden","title":"UV Block Shade Net 13x20ft 40-50% UV Block Black Olefin Fabric Heat Reduction Mesh for Plant Protection Greenhouse Garden Cover with 25 Cable Ties","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUV Block Shade Net – 13x20ft \/ 4x6m, 40-50% UV Protection for Plants \u0026amp; Greenhouse\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProtect your plants, garden, and greenhouse from excessive sun and heat with this durable UV block shade net from Nuvia Haven. Measuring a generous 13 x 20 feet (4 x 6 meters), it provides wide-area coverage for raised garden beds, greenhouses, pergolas, patios, and more. Made from high-quality black olefin fabric, it blocks 40-50% of UV radiation while allowing air, light, and water to pass through freely — keeping your plants cool and healthy without cutting off essential growth elements. Each net comes with 25 black cable ties for fast, secure installation on any frame, fence, or structure. Lightweight, weather-resistant, and easy to cut to size for a custom fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003e40-50% UV Block\u003c\/strong\u003e – Reduces direct sun exposure and heat stress on plants while allowing natural light, air circulation, and rainfall through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003ePlant \u0026amp; Crop Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal for protecting vegetables, flowers, herbs, seedlings, and delicate plants from sun scorch during hot summer months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eLarge 13x20ft Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Generous size covers raised beds, greenhouses, car canopies, pergolas, and outdoor seating areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Black Olefin Fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e – High-quality UV-resistant material built to withstand outdoor conditions season after season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003e25 Cable Ties Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Black cable ties included for quick, tool-free attachment to frames, fences, trellises, and greenhouse structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✂️ \u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Trim \u0026amp; Install\u003c\/strong\u003e – Lightweight and flexible; can be cut to custom dimensions without fraying for a perfect fit in any space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 x 20 ft \/ 4 x 6 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV Block Rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack olefin fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 black cable ties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant protection, greenhouse, garden, pergola, patio, carport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this shade net block too much light for my plants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No — the 40-50% UV block rate is specifically designed to reduce harmful sun intensity while still allowing adequate natural light to reach your plants for healthy photosynthesis and growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this shade net for a greenhouse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. This net is ideal for draping over greenhouse frames and structures to reduce interior heat during peak summer months, protecting temperature-sensitive plants and seedlings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I attach the shade net?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Use the included 25 black cable ties to secure the net to fence posts, greenhouse frames, PVC pipes, trellises, or any rigid structure. No additional tools are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the net be cut to a smaller size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the olefin fabric can be trimmed with scissors or a utility knife to fit your specific area. The material holds its shape well after cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this shade net weather resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The olefin fabric is designed for outdoor use and resists UV degradation, moisture, and light rain, making it suitable for year-round outdoor installation in most climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this be used to shade a patio or car?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — in addition to garden use, this shade net works well as a pergola cover, patio canopy, or temporary car shade for reducing heat in outdoor parking areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"13x20ft(4x6m)+25 black cable ties","offer_id":46565573656726,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/2f9f9abd-11d0-412e-9ded-829f84bc2748.jpg?v=1789705104"},{"product_id":"hammock-chair-with-stand-hanging-swing-chair-indoor-outdoor-patio-relaxation","title":"Hammock Chair with Stand Included Hanging Swing Chair Soft Non-Woven Fabric Seat for Indoor Outdoor Patio Backyard Relaxation Blue Red","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHammock Chair with Stand – Hanging Swing Chair for Indoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Relaxation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCreate your own personal relaxation retreat with this durable hammock chair from Nuvia Haven. Complete with a sturdy stand for immediate use — no installation or ceiling mount required — it’s ready to set up anywhere in your home or yard. The soft non-woven fabric seat provides a smooth, comfortable surface for lounging, reading, meditating, or simply unwinding after a long day. Available in Blue and Red, this hanging swing chair adds a stylish, bohemian accent to patios, backyards, bedrooms, balconies, and living rooms alike. Whether you’re looking for a cozy reading nook or a fun accent piece for your outdoor space, this hammock chair delivers both comfort and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧱 \u003cstrong\u003eSoft Non-Woven Fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e – Smooth, comfortable surface material that feels gentle against skin for extended lounging sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛠️ \u003cstrong\u003eStand Included – No Installation Needed\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ready to use right out of the box; simply assemble the bracket and hang the chair anywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠 \u003cstrong\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for patios, backyards, balconies, bedrooms, living rooms, and dorm rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Sturdy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built to support relaxed use with a robust bracket and strong hanging connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eTwo Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Available in Blue and Red to complement a range of interior and exterior décor styles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎁 \u003cstrong\u003eWonderful Gift Idea\u003c\/strong\u003e – A thoughtful and unique gift for teens, adults, or anyone who loves a cozy relaxation spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammock swing chair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand \/ Bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-woven fabric (soft, smooth surface)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, backyard, balcony, bedroom, living room, dorm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; outdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this hammock chair really come with the stand included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The bracket\/stand is included with your purchase, so you don’t need to buy anything separately or mount it to a ceiling or tree. Simply assemble and enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How easy is it to assemble?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is straightforward and tool-friendly. The bracket connects simply and the chair hangs securely in place, making setup quick and easy for one person.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this chair be used indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The freestanding bracket design means you can place this hammock chair in any room — bedroom, living room, reading nook, or even a dorm room — without any wall or ceiling modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the weight capacity of the hammock chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The chair and bracket are designed for standard adult use. For specific weight limit details, please refer to the product packaging included with your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for a teenager or young adult?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the fun colors, cozy design, and easy setup make this hammock chair a top gift pick for teens, college students, or anyone who loves a stylish lounge spot in their room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be used on a balcony or covered porch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The compact stand footprint makes it ideal for balconies and covered porches, where you can enjoy the outdoor breeze without leaving your cozy seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":46565573755030,"sku":null,"price":68.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":46565573787798,"sku":null,"price":68.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/1726135585588-99c4956c62ae4fcbad265fd6be9bb3a2-goods.jpg?v=1789705107"},{"product_id":"portable-folding-camping-bed-28in-heavy-duty-510-710lbs-mattress-cot-adult","title":"Portable Folding Camping Bed 28in Wide Heavy Duty 510 710 lbs with Optional Mattress Cushion Pillow Carry Bag Cot for Office Nap Beach Yard RV Adult","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePortable Folding Camping Bed – 28\" Wide, Heavy Duty 510-710 lbs with Optional Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRest comfortably wherever your adventures take you with this heavy-duty portable folding camping bed from Nuvia Haven. At a generous 28 inches wide, it offers far more sleeping room than standard cots, making it ideal for adults who want a real night’s rest outdoors. Available in 510 lb and 710 lb weight capacities to suit a wide range of users, it can also be configured with or without a mattress, giving you complete control over your setup. Each bed comes with a cushion, pillow, and convenient carry handbag, making it easy to transport and store for camping trips, RV travel, beach outings, backyard lounging, office naps, and more. Built tough, folds flat, and ready to go wherever you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛏️ \u003cstrong\u003eExtra-Wide 28\" Sleeping Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – Significantly wider than standard cots for a more comfortable, restful sleep outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Choose from 510 lbs or 710 lbs weight limit options to match your needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧸 \u003cstrong\u003eOptional Mattress Configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e – Select a bare frame or add a mattress for extra cushioning and support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎒 \u003cstrong\u003eComplete Comfort Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e – Includes cushion, pillow, and carry handbag for an all-in-one portable sleep solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e👤 \u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Use Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for camping, RV trips, office naps, beach days, backyard lounging, and park visits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eTwo Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Available in Black and Gray to match your gear and style preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 lbs \/ 710 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional (with or without)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCushion, pillow, carry handbag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCamping, office nap, beach, yard, RV, park\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the 510 lbs and 710 lbs versions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Both versions feature the same 28-inch wide design and accessories; the difference is the maximum weight capacity of the frame. Choose 710 lbs for added structural strength and peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the mattress version significantly more comfortable than the no-mattress option?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the mattress variant adds a padded sleeping surface for noticeably improved comfort, making it ideal for extended use such as camping trips or guest sleeping arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How easy is it to set up and fold down?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The folding cot is designed for tool-free, quick assembly. It folds flat and fits into the included carry handbag for effortless transport and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this suitable for use in an RV?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The compact folded size and carry bag make it a practical addition to any RV, camper van, or trailer for extra sleeping space on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this be used as a sofa or companion bed indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — with the cushion and pillow included, it doubles as a comfortable sofa bed or companion sleeping solution for guests in small apartments, offices, or spare rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Would this make a good gift for a camping enthusiast?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It’s an excellent gift for campers, hikers, RV travelers, or anyone who spends time outdoors — practical, durable, and thoughtfully equipped with everything needed for comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"No mattress","offer_id":46565573984406,"sku":null,"price":68.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"710 lbs - Black ●","offer_id":46565574017174,"sku":null,"price":98.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"710 lbs - Gray ●","offer_id":46565574049942,"sku":null,"price":98.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"510 lbs - Black ●","offer_id":46565574082710,"sku":null,"price":96.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"510 lbs - Gray ●","offer_id":46565574115478,"sku":null,"price":96.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/caaf524c-d4d1-489b-bed1-a0bea3d9b117.jpg?v=1789705111"},{"product_id":"portable-foldable-camping-picnic-table-4-6-person-adjustable-height-metal-storage-bag","title":"Portable Foldable Camping Picnic Table 4-6 Person Adjustable Height Metal Outdoor Folding Table with Storage Bag for Backyard Beach BBQ Indoor Outdoor","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePortable Foldable Camping Picnic Table – 4-6 Person, Adjustable Height with Storage Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake your outdoor gatherings to the next level with this versatile portable folding camping table from Nuvia Haven. Designed to comfortably seat 4 to 6 people, it’s ideal for family meals, backyard BBQs, beach outings, picnics, festivals, and everything in between. The adjustable height feature lets you customize the table to suit different seating arrangements and activities, while the sturdy metal frame delivers reliable support on any surface. Lightweight and easy to carry, it folds flat and comes with a convenient storage bag for effortless transport and storage. Whether you’re headed to a campsite or hosting in your backyard, this table makes setup and cleanup a breeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏕️ \u003cstrong\u003eSeats 4–6 People\u003c\/strong\u003e – Generous surface area perfect for family meals, group picnics, and outdoor gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Height\u003c\/strong\u003e – Multiple height settings to accommodate different seating preferences, chairs, and ground conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧳 \u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Storage Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e – Folds flat and packs into the included carry bag for easy transport to campsites, beaches, or parks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏗️ \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Metal Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Sturdy construction handles everyday outdoor use with a black mesh pocket for convenient storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚖️ \u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Designed for easy one-person setup and carry; no tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠 \u003cstrong\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e – Suitable for backyard, beach, picnic, BBQ, camping, festival, or indoor dining use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–6 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable (up and down)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack mesh side pocket + carry storage bag included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor \/ Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow with black mesh pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; outdoor (camping, beach, BBQ, picnic, backyard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many people can comfortably sit at this table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This table is designed to accommodate 4 to 6 people, making it ideal for family outings, small group gatherings, and outdoor dining events.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the table easy to set up and fold down?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The table features a simple folding mechanism that requires no tools. It folds flat in seconds and fits into the included storage bag for quick packing and carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this table on uneven ground?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The adjustable height legs help compensate for slightly uneven terrain at campsites, parks, or backyard areas, keeping the table level and stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the table suitable for beach use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The lightweight design and portable storage bag make it a great companion for beach outings, pool parties, and outdoor festivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the mesh pocket used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The black mesh side pocket provides handy storage for condiments, utensils, napkins, or small personal items during outdoor meals and activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Would this make a good gift for someone who loves camping or the outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — it’s a practical and thoughtful gift for campers, tailgaters, picnic lovers, or anyone who enjoys outdoor entertaining. Great for Father’s Day, Christmas, or housewarming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Yellow Adjustable Up And Down - With Black Mesh Pocket","offer_id":46565574181014,"sku":null,"price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/da62831c-a65f-4c19-b09c-2cc71eedcd02.jpg?v=1789705114"},{"product_id":"2-tier-c-shaped-patio-side-table-faux-marble-metal-frame-outdoor-end-table","title":"2-Tier C-Shaped Patio Side Table Faux Marble Top Metal Frame Weather Resistant Outdoor End Table for Garden Balcony Poolside Small Spaces Indoor Outdoor","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2-Tier C-Shaped Patio Side Table – Faux Marble Top \u0026amp; Sturdy Metal Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd a touch of elegance and practicality to your outdoor or indoor spaces with this 2-tier C-shaped side table from Nuvia Haven. Featuring a sophisticated faux marble and wood-plastic composite panel top paired with a sturdy metal frame, this end table is engineered to withstand outdoor conditions while maintaining a premium look. Its space-saving C-shaped design slides effortlessly under sofas, chairs, or beds, making it ideal for compact balconies, patios, garden corners, and small living spaces. The dual-tier construction provides extra storage for books, plants, drinks, or remotes, keeping your essentials within arm’s reach in style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🪨 \u003cstrong\u003eFaux Marble Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – Elegant marble-look top made from durable wood-plastic composite, easy to clean and resistant to moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant Build\u003c\/strong\u003e – Designed for outdoor use; holds up against humidity, UV exposure, and light rain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📍 \u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving C-Shape\u003c\/strong\u003e – Slides under sofas and chairs to bring your table surface closer without taking up extra floor space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003e2-Tier Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Upper and lower shelves provide versatile storage for drinks, books, plants, or remotes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e3 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Available in Black, White, and Black-1 to coordinate with any indoor or outdoor décor style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏠 \u003cstrong\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for garden, backyard, balcony, poolside, bedroom, or living room use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC-Shaped \/ 2-Tier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFaux marble \/ Wood-plastic composite panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSturdy metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – suitable for outdoor use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, White, Black-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, garden, balcony, poolside, bedroom, living room\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this table suitable for leaving outdoors year-round?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The table is built with weather-resistant materials suitable for outdoor use. For maximum longevity, we recommend covering or storing it during heavy rain or harsh winter conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the weight capacity of the tabletop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The sturdy metal frame and composite panel top are designed to support everyday items such as drinks, books, lamps, and small plants. Avoid placing excessively heavy objects on the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the C-shape fit under most sofas and chairs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The C-shaped base is designed to slide smoothly under standard sofa frames and lounge chairs, bringing the tabletop surface right to your side without blocking seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is required. All necessary hardware is included, and the process is straightforward with the included instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this be used as a bedside table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! The C-shaped design makes it a great bedside or nightstand alternative, sliding under the bed frame for easy access while keeping your bedroom clutter-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Would this make a good housewarming or holiday gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — this stylish and functional table is a thoughtful gift for anyone setting up a new home, patio, or outdoor living space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":46565574279318,"sku":null,"price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":46565574312086,"sku":null,"price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black-1","offer_id":46565574344854,"sku":null,"price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/9b58bc74-15b8-4d4f-b50d-96e64fa923e1.jpg?v=1789705121"},{"product_id":"rectangular-patio-umbrella-6x10ft-aluminum-pole-crank-steel-ribs-outdoor","title":"6.5 x 10ft Rectangular Patio Umbrella with Aluminum Pole Crank 6 Steel Ribs Polyester Canopy Outdoor Market Table Umbrella UV Protection","description":"\u003ch2\u003e6.5 x 10ft Rectangular Patio Umbrella – Premium Outdoor Shade Solution\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your outdoor space with this generously sized 6.5 x 10ft rectangular patio umbrella from Nuvia Haven. Engineered for lasting performance, it features a sturdy aluminum pole, 6 heavy-duty steel ribs, and a durable polyester canopy that delivers reliable shade and UV protection for your patio, deck, poolside, or backyard dining area. The easy-turn crank mechanism lets you open and close the canopy effortlessly, while the multi-color options allow you to coordinate with any outdoor aesthetic. Whether you're hosting a summer BBQ or simply relaxing outside, this market umbrella provides the coverage you need to stay cool and comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eGenerous 6.5 x 10ft Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Rectangular canopy provides wide, even shade for large patio tables and seating areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏗️ \u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Aluminum Pole\u003c\/strong\u003e – Corrosion-resistant aluminum center pole built for long-lasting outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💪 \u003cstrong\u003e6 Heavy-Duty Steel Ribs\u003c\/strong\u003e – Reinforced frame structure keeps the canopy stable and shape-retaining in everyday conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔄 \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Crank Open\/Close\u003c\/strong\u003e – Smooth hand-crank mechanism for quick, effortless canopy adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e – Available in Black, Gray, Khaki, Red, Blue, and more to match any outdoor décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Polyester Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e – UV-resistant polyester fabric blocks sun rays and resists fading for season after season of use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 x 10 feet (Rectangular)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePole Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRib Quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Steel Ribs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Gray, Khaki, Red, Blue, Blue-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, deck, poolside, garden, outdoor dining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from US warehouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size table does this umbrella fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 6.5 x 10ft rectangular canopy is ideal for large rectangular patio dining tables seating 6–8 people, providing full coverage for the table and chairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this umbrella come with a base?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The umbrella does not include a base. We recommend pairing it with a compatible heavy-duty umbrella base (50–75 lbs) for stability on your patio or deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the canopy UV-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the polyester canopy is designed to block harmful UV rays, helping to protect you and your guests from sun exposure during extended outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I open and close the umbrella?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This umbrella features a convenient hand-crank mechanism — simply turn the crank handle to smoothly raise or lower the canopy without any effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this umbrella withstand wind?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 6 steel ribs provide solid structural support for everyday outdoor conditions. We recommend closing the umbrella during high winds or storms to prolong its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for a homeowner or someone with a new patio?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely! This umbrella makes a fantastic housewarming, Father's Day, or holiday gift for anyone looking to enhance their outdoor entertaining space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days with every order from Nuvia Haven.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":46565574475926,"sku":null,"price":101.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":46565574508694,"sku":null,"price":97.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki","offer_id":46565574541462,"sku":null,"price":101.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":46565574574230,"sku":null,"price":97.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":46565574606998,"sku":null,"price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue-1","offer_id":46565574639766,"sku":null,"price":126.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/cf676f96-37f1-4c1d-8485-8983946a018f.jpg?v=1789705124"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-patio-umbrella-base-stand-20in-50lbs-water-sand-fillable-steel","title":"Heavy Duty Patio Umbrella Base Stand 20in Round 50LBS Water Sand Fillable Steel Holder for Outdoor Market Lawn Garden Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy Duty Patio Umbrella Base Stand — 20in Round, 50LBS, Water or Sand Fillable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep your patio umbrella firmly in place with this heavy-duty 20-inch round umbrella base stand. Designed for outdoor stability, it can be filled with water or sand to achieve up to 50 pounds of ballast weight, ensuring your umbrella stays secure even in windy conditions. The steel umbrella holder accommodates multiple pole diameters and provides a firm, rattle-free grip. Compatible with standard market umbrellas, offset umbrellas, and garden umbrellas. Available in multiple pole-size configurations (14B, 22C, Single Thread 22C) to fit your existing umbrella pole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚖️ \u003cstrong\u003e50LBS Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fill with water or sand to reach up to 50 pounds of ballast for maximum outdoor stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💧 \u003cstrong\u003eWater or Sand Fillable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Dual-fill design lets you choose your preferred ballast; drain and transport empty when needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔩 \u003cstrong\u003eSteel Umbrella Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable steel pole holder ensures a secure, wobble-free fit for your umbrella\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003e20-Inch Round Base\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wide footprint provides stable, tip-resistant support for full-size market and garden umbrellas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌳 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Outdoor Use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Suitable for patios, decks, market stalls, lawns, gardens, and poolside areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Pole Size Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose from 14B, 22C, or Single Thread 22C configurations to match your umbrella pole diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 inches (round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 LBS (when filled)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFill Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater or sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolder Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePole Configurations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14B, 22C, Single Thread 22C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio, deck, market, lawn, garden, poolside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which fill is better — water or sand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Sand provides slightly more weight per volume and doesn’t evaporate, making it ideal for permanent or semi-permanent setups. Water is convenient for temporary use and easier to drain when moving the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I know which pole configuration to choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Check your umbrella’s pole diameter. The 14B and 22C configurations refer to standard pole diameters — 22C fits most standard market umbrella poles, while 14B fits smaller poles. Single Thread 22C is for threaded pole designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this work with my offset or cantilever umbrella?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This base is designed for standard center-pole umbrellas. Offset or cantilever umbrellas typically require a dedicated weighted base designed for their specific pole placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this be used indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — when filled with sand, this base works well as an indoor umbrella or standing pole holder in trade show booths, retail displays, or event setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — it’s a practical housewarming or outdoor entertaining gift for anyone with a patio, deck, or garden umbrella setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days to anywhere in the contiguous United States. Keep your umbrella secure all season long.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"3 Card Heads \/ Single Thread 22C","offer_id":46565574738070,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Card Heads \/ 22C","offer_id":46565574770838,"sku":null,"price":53.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Card Heads \/ 14B","offer_id":46565574803606,"sku":null,"price":65.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/34f29a1a-46d2-48f9-9600-bb7f62da1904.jpg?v=1789705127"},{"product_id":"outdoor-metal-garden-bench-47in-backrest-armrests-500lbs-courtyard-porch","title":"Outdoor Metal Garden Bench 47in with Backrest Armrests 500LBS Capacity Park Bench for Courtyard Garden Yard Front Porch Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOutdoor Metal Garden Bench 47in — Backrest, Armrests, 500LBS Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd classic charm and durable seating to any outdoor space with this 47-inch metal garden bench. Built from heavy-duty metal with a powder-coated black finish, it’s designed to withstand outdoor conditions season after season. The ergonomic backrest and wide armrests provide comfortable support for extended seating, while the impressive 500-pound weight capacity makes it a reliable choice for all adults. Perfect for front porches, courtyards, gardens, yards, and park-style settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Metal Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sturdy metal frame with weather-resistant powder-coat finish built for long-lasting outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚖️ \u003cstrong\u003e500LBS Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered to support two adults comfortably with a generous load rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003e47-Inch Width\u003c\/strong\u003e — Generous two-person seating width ideal for relaxing, socializing, or enjoying your garden view\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🪑 \u003cstrong\u003eBackrest \u0026amp; Armrests\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ergonomic backrest and wide armrests provide full upper-body support for comfortable extended seating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌳 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Outdoor Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ideal for front porches, courtyards, gardens, backyards, yards, pathways, and park-style settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔦 \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Black Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Timeless powder-coated black color complements any garden aesthetic from modern to traditional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 LBS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest, armrests\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourtyard, garden, yard, front porch, park\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this bench made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is constructed from heavy-duty metal with a powder-coated black finish that resists rust, chipping, and fading for durable long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can two people sit on this bench?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the 47-inch width comfortably accommodates two adults side by side, and the 500-pound weight capacity supports both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bench suitable for year-round outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the powder-coated metal finish is designed to withstand outdoor weather including sun, rain, and temperature changes. We recommend covering or storing indoors during extreme winter conditions for maximum longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is typically required. Hardware and instructions are included for straightforward setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — it’s a standout housewarming or birthday gift for homeowners with a garden, porch, or outdoor entertaining space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days to anywhere in the contiguous United States. Elevate your outdoor seating today.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"47-inch-black","offer_id":46565574934678,"sku":null,"price":134.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/b245b376-0239-40be-8fed-7aa20c842194.jpg?v=1789705131"},{"product_id":"portable-camping-hammock-anti-rollover-widened-canvas-ropes-carry-bag","title":"Portable Camping Hammock Anti-Rollover Widened Load-Bearing Canvas with Hanging Ropes Carry Bag Garden Backyard Camping 31.5x98in","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePortable Camping Hammock — Anti-Rollover, Widened, Ready in Seconds\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn any garden, backyard, forest, or campsite into the perfect rest spot with this portable camping hammock. Featuring a patented anti-rollover design and an extra-widened load-bearing fabric surface, it cradles your body naturally and keeps you stable even when shifting positions. Made from 100% polyester woven canvas with a durable coating, it’s built to handle the outdoors. Setup takes seconds — just tie the included high-strength nylon ropes to any two trees or posts and you’re ready to relax. When you’re done, everything packs into the included carry bag for effortless transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Hammock Is a Must-Have\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Rollover Patent Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Specially engineered to prevent tipping and rolling, keeping you secure and comfortable in any resting position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📄 \u003cstrong\u003eExtra-Widened Load-Bearing Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Broader fabric surface distributes body weight evenly for superior comfort and support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003e100% Polyester Canvas\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable, weather-resistant woven fabric with a protective coating for long outdoor life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧷 \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Strength Nylon Ropes Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy-duty hanging ropes for secure attachment to trees, posts, or pergola beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e👜 \u003cstrong\u003eCarry Bag Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Packs down into a compact handbag for easy transport to campsites, parks, beaches, and backyards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eSets Up in Seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e — No tools or complex assembly required; simply tie, hang, and relax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5 × 98.43 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester woven canvas with cover coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammock, high-strength nylon ropes, carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign Feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-rollover patent, widened load-bearing surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSetup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo tools required; rope hang setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCamping, garden, backyard, park, beach, balcony\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What makes this hammock anti-rollover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The patented anti-rollover design uses a specially constructed fabric spread and tensioning system that keeps the hammock stable and prevents it from flipping when you shift position, sit up, or get in and out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I set this up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Simply tie the included high-strength nylon ropes around two sturdy anchor points — trees, posts, or beams — at approximately shoulder height. The hammock hangs between them and is ready to use in under a minute. No tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I store or transport this hammock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The hammock and ropes pack down compactly into the included carry bag, making it easy to bring on camping trips, to the park, or anywhere else you want to relax outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this suitable for sleeping in overnight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the widened canvas surface and anti-rollover design make it comfortable for extended use including overnight sleeping when camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the size of this hammock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It measures 31.5 inches wide by 98.43 inches long — a generous single-person size that accommodates most adults comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — it’s an excellent housewarming, birthday, or holiday gift for campers, hikers, gardeners, or anyone who loves spending time outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days to anywhere in the contiguous United States. Your perfect outdoor relaxation spot is one hang away.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"31.5inch×98.43inch","offer_id":46565575131286,"sku":null,"price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/6059dbf0-1170-4b23-9133-67c4ef0ade74.jpg?v=1789705135"},{"product_id":"egg-chair-with-stand-rattan-wicker-outdoor-swing-hammock-350lbs","title":"Egg Chair with Stand Rattan Wicker Outdoor Swing Hammock Chair Thickened Aluminum Frame UV-Resistant Cushion 350LBS Single or Two-Seater","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEgg Chair with Stand — Rattan Wicker Outdoor Swing Hammock Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRedefine your outdoor relaxation with this premium rattan wicker egg chair with stand. Combining a sculpted ergonomic seat with a sturdy thickened aluminum steel frame, it delivers a suspended lounging experience that’s as durable as it is stylish. Available in single and two-seater configurations, and in a wide range of colors — from classic Black, White, and Beige to vibrant Sky Blue, Pink, and Navy Blue — it’s built to complement any outdoor aesthetic. The UV-resistant waterproof cushion stands up to sun, rain, and daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧱 \u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Rattan Wicker Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable waterproof wicker weave resists moisture, UV rays, and outdoor wear for years of use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔩 \u003cstrong\u003eThickened Aluminum Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy-duty stand provides rock-solid stability; no need to hang from trees, beams, or ceilings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚖️ \u003cstrong\u003e350LBS Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered to support adults of all sizes with a safe, reliable load rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eUV-Resistant Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e — Waterproof, fade-resistant cushion cover is removable and machine washable for easy maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛋️ \u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Oversized Seat\u003c\/strong\u003e — Deeply contoured seat cradles the body for unmatched comfort during extended lounging sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏡 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Outdoor Use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perfect for balconies, decks, patios, lawns, and gardens; single and two-seater options available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Assemble\u003c\/strong\u003e — Includes all hardware and detailed step-by-step instructions for quick, safe setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickened aluminum steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof rattan wicker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 LBS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCushion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-resistant, waterproof, removable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfigurations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle seater \u0026amp; Two-seater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Dark Grey, Light Grey, Navy Blue, Sky Blue, White, Pink, Beige, Two-seater Blue, Two-seater Black, Two-seater Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalcony, deck, patio, lawn, garden\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired; hardware \u0026amp; instructions included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this chair require anything to hang from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No — this egg chair comes with its own freestanding aluminum stand, so no ceiling hooks, trees, or beams are needed. Simply assemble the stand and place it anywhere outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the cushion removable and washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the cushion cover is removable and easy to clean. The waterproof and UV-resistant fabric also resists fading and moisture for long-lasting use outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this chair hold two adults?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The two-seater variants are designed for two people and maintain the same 350LBS weight capacity. The single-seater is sized for one adult with extra comfort room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this chair suitable for indoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The chair is designed for outdoor use, but it can also be used in spacious indoor spaces such as sunrooms, large living rooms, or covered patios.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does assembly take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Most customers complete assembly in 30–60 minutes using the included hardware and instructions. No special tools are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — it’s a standout housewarming, birthday, or holiday gift for anyone with a patio, deck, or backyard. A truly memorable and practical present for outdoor living enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days to anywhere in the contiguous United States. Upgrade your outdoor space today.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Two-seater-blue","offer_id":46565575262358,"sku":null,"price":307.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":46565575295126,"sku":null,"price":213.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark-Grey","offer_id":46565575327894,"sku":null,"price":213.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light-Grey","offer_id":46565575360662,"sku":null,"price":213.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy-Blue","offer_id":46565575393430,"sku":null,"price":211.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky-Blue","offer_id":46565575426198,"sku":null,"price":211.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":46565575458966,"sku":null,"price":211.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"pink","offer_id":46565575491734,"sku":null,"price":211.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":46565575524502,"sku":null,"price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two-seater-black","offer_id":46565575557270,"sku":null,"price":307.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two-seater-grey","offer_id":46565575590038,"sku":null,"price":307.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/3355be6e-23bc-49cf-8140-0b9d8f80d5e6.jpg?v=1789705138"},{"product_id":"balcony-privacy-net-3x16ft-fence-cover-mesh-shade-windproof","title":"Balcony Privacy Net 3x16ft Fence Cover Mesh Shade Net Windproof Sun Shade Outdoor Screen for Patio Fence Backyard Porch 9 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBalcony Privacy Net 3×16ft — Windproof Mesh Shade Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCreate a private, shaded outdoor retreat with this versatile 3×16ft balcony privacy net. Designed for balconies, patios, porches, fences, and backyards, the breathable mesh construction blocks unwanted views and reduces wind and sun exposure without trapping heat. Available in 9 colors — from neutral tones like Black, Sand, Cream, and Anthracite to vibrant options like Green, Blue \u0026amp; White, and Yellow \u0026amp; White — there’s a perfect match for any outdoor setting. Easy to install with standard ties or clips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Balcony Privacy Net Is a Must-Have\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eInstant Privacy\u003c\/strong\u003e — Blocks sightlines from neighbors, street traffic, or adjacent buildings without sacrificing airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌬️ \u003cstrong\u003eWindproof Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Breathable mesh reduces wind impact on balconies, patios, and open fencing areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003eSun Shade Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — Partial shade reduces heat and glare on outdoor seating areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eGenerous 3×16ft Size\u003c\/strong\u003e — Covers large fence sections, full balcony railings, or multiple porch panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e9 Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black, Cream, Sand, Brown, Green, Green \u0026amp; White, Blue \u0026amp; White, Anthracite, Yellow \u0026amp; White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Attach with zip ties, bungee cords, or clips to any railing, post, or fence frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × 16 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Cream, Sand, Brown, Green, Green \u0026amp; White, Blue \u0026amp; White, Anthracite, Yellow \u0026amp; White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBreathable mesh fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWindproof, sun shade, privacy screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalcony, patio, porch, fence, backyard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTies, zip ties, clips (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is this privacy net?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It measures 3 feet tall by 16 feet wide, making it ideal for standard balcony railings, fence sections, or porch perimeters. Multiple nets can be combined end-to-end for longer coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this net waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mesh fabric is water-resistant and designed to handle rain, humidity, and outdoor exposure. The breathable design allows air and light moisture to pass through, preventing water buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this on a chain-link fence?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the net attaches easily to chain-link, wood, metal, or railing fences using zip ties, bungee cords, or clips (sold separately).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this provide full shade or partial shade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It provides partial shade — reducing direct sun exposure and glare while still allowing some light and air to pass through. It’s ideal for creating a more comfortable outdoor seating area without full blockage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I install this balcony privacy net?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Simply thread zip ties or clips through the mesh grommets or edges and attach to your railing, fence posts, or balcony frame. No special tools are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I combine multiple nets for more coverage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — you can connect multiple 3×16ft nets side by side or end-to-end to cover longer fence runs or wrap around an entire patio or deck perimeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days to anywhere in the contiguous United States. Set up your private outdoor space today.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":46565575786646,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream","offer_id":46565575819414,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sand","offer_id":46565575852182,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":46565575884950,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":46565575917718,"sku":null,"price":53.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green and white line","offer_id":46565575950486,"sku":null,"price":53.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue and white line","offer_id":46565575983254,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Anthracite","offer_id":46565576016022,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yello and white","offer_id":46565576048790,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/e7dc9539-192d-4ec7-9d8d-00053ecbf649.jpg?v=1789705142"},{"product_id":"hammock-chair-outdoor-swing-leisure-chair-ropes-storage-bag-pillow","title":"Hammock Chair Outdoor Swing Leisure Chair with Hanging Ropes Storage Bag Optional Pillow Garden Terrace Camping Orange Red Teal Black Gray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOutdoor Hammock Swing Chair — Relax Anywhere\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEscape into total relaxation with this outdoor hammock chair, designed for gardens, terraces, patios, and camping adventures. Sturdy and easy to hang using the included ropes and zip ties, it sets up quickly on any tree branch, pergola beam, or ceiling hook. Available with or without a pillow cushion, and in a range of bold and neutral colors to complement your outdoor space. A storage bag is included for convenient transport and off-season storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love This Hammock Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌳 \u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Hang Anywhere\u003c\/strong\u003e — Includes two hanging ropes and zip ties for quick, secure attachment to trees, pergolas, or beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛋️ \u003cstrong\u003eWith or Without Pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose your comfort level; pillow variants add extra back and neck support for extended lounging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎒 \u003cstrong\u003eStorage Bag Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Folds into the included bag for easy transport, camping trips, or off-season storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e8 Color Combinations\u003c\/strong\u003e — Orange, Red, Teal, Blue \u0026amp; White, Black, Gray, and more to match any outdoor aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Setting Use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perfect for garden lounging, patio relaxation, balcony hanging, or camping under the stars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎁 \u003cstrong\u003eGreat Gift for Outdoor Lovers\u003c\/strong\u003e — A memorable housewarming, birthday, or holiday gift for anyone who loves the outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammock chair, 2 hanging ropes, zip ties, storage bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePillow Option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable with or without cushion pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange, Red, Teal, Blue \u0026amp; White, Black, Gray, Orange Black White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, terrace, patio, balcony, camping, backyard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRopes + zip ties (attaches to trees, beams, pergolas)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is included with this hammock chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The set includes the hammock chair, two hanging ropes, zip ties for attachment, and a storage bag. Pillow cushion variants also include the pillow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I hang this hammock chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Use the included ropes to tie the chair to a sturdy tree branch, pergola beam, or ceiling hook. The zip ties help secure it to the support structure. No special hardware is required for most setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the pillow cushion removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the pillow cushion on pillow variants is separate and can be removed or repositioned for cleaning or preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this be used indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, as long as you have a sturdy ceiling beam or hook to hang it from. It works beautifully in a sunroom, kids’ room, or reading nook as well as outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it portable enough for camping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — the lightweight design and included storage bag make it easy to pack and bring on camping trips. Hang it between two trees for an instant relaxation spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — it’s a standout housewarming, birthday, or holiday gift for outdoor enthusiasts, campers, or anyone with a garden or patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days to anywhere in the contiguous United States. Order today and find your perfect relaxation spot.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"With Pillow Orange","offer_id":46565576114326,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without pillows red","offer_id":46565576147094,"sku":null,"price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without pillow blue and white","offer_id":46565576179862,"sku":null,"price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without pillow teal","offer_id":46565576212630,"sku":null,"price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Pillow Black","offer_id":46565576245398,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With pillowcase Gray","offer_id":46565576278166,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without pillow black and white","offer_id":46565576310934,"sku":null,"price":50.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With pillow Orange Black White","offer_id":46565576343702,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/b0c849c7-96d9-4b09-a337-fd7df82d2efa.jpg?v=1789705145"},{"product_id":"rattan-bistro-set-3-piece-outdoor-furniture-coffee-table-cushions","title":"Rattan Bistro Set 3 Piece Outdoor Furniture with Coffee Table Steel Frame Cushions Garden Balcony Poolside Backyard Black Brown Gray","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3-Piece Rattan Bistro Set for Stylish Outdoor Dining\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCreate a charming outdoor retreat with this classic rattan bistro set. The 3-piece collection — two cushioned chairs and a matching coffee table — brings timeless bistro style to any garden, balcony, poolside, or backyard. Built on a sturdy steel frame wrapped in elegant rattan, this set is designed for lasting outdoor use. Available in Black, Brown, and Gray, with flat-arm and round-arm options to suit your style and space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Bistro Set Is a Backyard Essential\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🪤 \u003cstrong\u003eRattan \u0026amp; Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable steel frame with woven rattan finish; classic look with structural strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛋️ \u003cstrong\u003eCushioned Chairs Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Comfortable cushions on both chairs for extended outdoor dining or lounging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☕ \u003cstrong\u003eMatching Coffee Table\u003c\/strong\u003e — Compact table perfect for drinks, snacks, or décor accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003e5 Color \u0026amp; Style Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black, Brown, and Gray in flat-arm or round-arm configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ideal for garden, balcony, poolside, patio, or backyard dining areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎁 \u003cstrong\u003eGreat Housewarming Gift\u003c\/strong\u003e — A thoughtful and practical gift for new homeowners or outdoor living enthusiasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 chairs + 1 coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSturdy steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeave Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRattan (wicker style)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCushions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded on both chairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Brown, Gray (flat arm \u0026amp; round arm options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, balcony, poolside, patio, backyard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClassic bistro \/ casual outdoor dining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is included in this bistro set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The set includes 2 rattan chairs with cushions and 1 matching coffee table — everything you need to set up a cozy outdoor dining or lounging area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the flat arm and round arm options?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Flat arm chairs have a squared armrest profile for a more modern look, while round arm chairs feature a curved, classic bistro silhouette. Both offer the same sturdy construction and cushioned seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this set suitable for year-round outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The steel frame and rattan weave are built for outdoor durability. For extended longevity, we recommend covering the set or storing indoors during extreme weather or winter months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this set on a small apartment balcony?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the compact bistro format is specifically designed for smaller outdoor spaces like balconies, small patios, and terraces, while still providing full dining functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the cushions removable and washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The cushion covers are designed for easy removal. Check the care label for specific washing instructions; most covers can be spot-cleaned or hand-washed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for a new homeowner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — a rattan bistro set is one of the most practical and appreciated housewarming gifts for anyone with an outdoor space. It arrives ready to transform a bare balcony or garden into a welcoming retreat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days to anywhere in the contiguous United States. Set up your perfect outdoor space today.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Black(Round Arm)","offer_id":46565576605846,"sku":null,"price":136.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":46565576638614,"sku":null,"price":131.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":46565576671382,"sku":null,"price":128.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown(Round Arm)","offer_id":46565576704150,"sku":null,"price":150.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray(Round Arm)","offer_id":46565576736918,"sku":null,"price":151.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/4cbc8de0-c2c4-497f-8fc9-b3ded339847c.jpg?v=1789705150"},{"product_id":"privacy-screen-fence-heavy-duty-hdpe-mesh-outdoor-shade-cloth","title":"Privacy Screen Fence Heavy Duty HDPE Mesh Outdoor Shade Cloth Barrier 5x25ft 6x50ft with Rope Green Brown Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy Duty Privacy Screen Fence for Outdoor Spaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eReclaim your outdoor privacy with this commercial-grade HDPE privacy screen fence. Built from high-density polyethylene composite fabric at 90–100 g\/m², it creates a durable, wind-resistant barrier for fences, balconies, construction sites, and garden perimeters. PVC edge binding and plastic corner guards ensure the screen holds up through seasons of outdoor use. Available in two generous sizes and three neutral colors to blend with any outdoor setting — includes 33ft of black rope for easy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Privacy Screen Is a Top Pick\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty HDPE Fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — 90–100 g\/m² high-density polyethylene composite for maximum durability and weather resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003ePVC Edge Strip Binding\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reinforced edges prevent fraying and extend the life of the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔱 \u003cstrong\u003ePlastic Corner Guards\u003c\/strong\u003e — Protect screen corners from tearing during installation and outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003e33ft Black Rope Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Everything you need to tie it securely to any fence, railing, or post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eTwo Size Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — 5’×25’ for smaller spaces or 6’×50’ for large perimeters and commercial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎨 \u003cstrong\u003eThree Color Choices\u003c\/strong\u003e — Green, Brown, or Black to match fences, landscaping, and outdoor décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHDPE composite fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFabric Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90–100 g\/m²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdge Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC edge strip binding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorner Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic corner guards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5’×25’ (59”×295.3”), 6’×50’ (70.87”×590.55”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen, Brown, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33ft black rope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence, balcony, garden, construction site, pool area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this privacy screen best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It’s ideal for fencing privacy screens, balcony barriers, garden perimeters, construction site partitions, pool privacy, and windbreaks. It works on chain-link fences, wood fences, and railing systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the HDPE fabric waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: HDPE mesh is water-resistant and breathable — it repels rain and moisture while allowing airflow, which prevents wind damage compared to solid panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I install this privacy screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Use the included 33ft black rope to thread through the screen grommets and tie to fence posts, railings, or frames. Zip ties or bungee cords also work great for quick installs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 5’×25’ is great for residential fences, garden borders, and balconies. The 6’×50’ is designed for large perimeters, commercial use, or full-length fence coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use it around a pool or outdoor patio?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the weather-resistant HDPE fabric and rust-proof materials make it a great choice for pool areas, patios, and any space where privacy and wind protection are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it a good gift for someone with a new home or garden?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — it’s a practical and thoughtful housewarming or new home gift for anyone setting up their outdoor space or garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days to anywhere in the contiguous United States. Create your private outdoor retreat starting today.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Green \/ 6'X50'(70.87x590.55inch)","offer_id":46565576835222,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 5'X25'(59x295.3inch)","offer_id":46565576867990,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ 6'X50'(70.87x590.55inch)","offer_id":46565576900758,"sku":null,"price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ 5'X25'(59x295.3inch)","offer_id":46565576933526,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 6'X50'(70.87x590.55inch)","offer_id":46565576966294,"sku":null,"price":53.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/8b8d0048-a35f-4eeb-a8cc-f2fc9acab49c.jpg?v=1789705153"},{"product_id":"shade-cloth-uv-resistant-hdpe-sunshade-net-outdoor-garden-canopy","title":"Shade Cloth UV Resistant HDPE Sunshade Net Outdoor Garden Canopy Sun Shade Cover 85% Blockage Multicolor Rectangular","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUV Resistant HDPE Shade Cloth for Outdoor Spaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShield your garden, patio, greenhouse, or pergola from harsh sunlight with this heavy-duty HDPE shade cloth. Offering 85% light shielding, it dramatically reduces heat and UV exposure while still allowing airflow and light diffusion — ideal for plants, people, and outdoor furniture. Reinforced webbing corners and polyester binding tape edges ensure durability through wind, sun, and extended outdoor use. Available in two generous sizes to suit your space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Shade Cloth Stands Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e☀️ \u003cstrong\u003e85% UV Blockage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Blocks most direct sunlight to protect plants, skin, and furniture from heat damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eHDPE Fabric with Linen Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-density polyethylene base with 100% linen composition for breathability and strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🛡️ \u003cstrong\u003eWebbing-Reinforced Corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy-duty corner reinforcements prevent tearing and extend lifespan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧵 \u003cstrong\u003ePolyester Binding Tape Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bound edges resist fraying and provide secure tie-down points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eTwo Size Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — 78.74”×78.74” square or 78.74”×118.11” rectangular to fit different outdoor areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏡 \u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Use Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perfect for gardens, terraces, greenhouses, pavilions, carports, and pergolas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShading Rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHDPE (High-Density Polyethylene) + PE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComposition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Linen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulticolor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.74”×78.74” (square), 78.74”×118.11” (rectangular)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdge Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester binding tape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorner Reinforcement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWebbing reinforced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-waterproof (breathable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, patio, greenhouse, pavilion, pergola, carport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does 85% shading rate mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It means this cloth blocks approximately 85% of direct sunlight, significantly reducing heat and UV rays while still allowing 15% of light to pass through for plant growth and visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this shade cloth waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No, this cloth is non-waterproof and intentionally breathable. Air and light moisture can pass through, which is ideal for gardens and greenhouses where airflow matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use it in a greenhouse to protect my plants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The 85% UV blockage protects sensitive plants from scorching while maintaining the airflow they need. It's a top choice for vegetable gardens, nurseries, and greenhouses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I secure the shade cloth to a frame or pergola?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Use the webbing-reinforced corners and bound edges to tie or clip the cloth to any frame, pergola post, or railing using zip ties, bungee cords, or shade sail hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 78.74”×78.74” square works well for compact patios or raised garden beds. The 78.74”×118.11” rectangular is better for longer pergolas, driveways, or multi-row garden beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good gift for gardening enthusiasts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely — it makes a practical and thoughtful gift for anyone who loves gardening, outdoor entertaining, or homesteading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Enjoy free delivery in 2–7 business days to anywhere in the contiguous United States. Protect your outdoor space starting today.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Multicolor \/ 78.74inch*118.11inch","offer_id":46565577031830,"sku":null,"price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicolor \/ 78.74''*78.74''","offer_id":46565577064598,"sku":null,"price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/903946359f4645d0902fcb8b378a8f97-goods.jpg?v=1789705156"},{"product_id":"8-45qt-non-stick-braiser-soup-pot-twist-lock-handle-induction-gas","title":"8.45QT Large Capacity Non-Stick Braiser Soup Pot with Twist-Lock Handle – Fast Even Heating, Gas Induction \u0026 Fire Pit Compatible for Home Restaurant \u0026 Camping","description":"\u003ch2\u003e8.45QT Large Capacity Non-Stick Braiser Soup Pot – Twist-Lock Handle, Gas \u0026amp; Induction Compatible\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFeed the whole family – or a full restaurant table – with this generous 8.45QT Large Capacity Non-Stick Braiser Soup Pot. Engineered for fast, even heating and effortless cooking, this versatile pot features a smart twist-lock handle for secure lifting and easy storage, plus a non-stick interior that makes cleanup a breeze. Compatible with gas, induction, and fire pit heat sources, it transitions seamlessly from your home kitchen to an outdoor campfire setup – making it one of the most adaptable cooking pots available for home cooks, campers, and restaurant professionals alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🥄 \u003cstrong\u003e8.45QT Large Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Generous size perfect for soups, stews, braises, chili, and large family or commercial meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔒 \u003cstrong\u003eTwist-Lock Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Innovative secure handle locks in place for safe lifting and folds for compact, space-saving storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eFast Even Heating\u003c\/strong\u003e – Engineered for rapid, uniform heat distribution to reduce hot spots and cook food evenly every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🍳 \u003cstrong\u003eNon-Stick Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e – Easy food release and effortless cleanup with minimal oil needed for healthier cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔥 \u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Heat Source Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e – Works on gas, induction, and open fire pit – ideal for both home kitchens and outdoor cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🏨 \u003cstrong\u003eHome, Restaurant \u0026amp; Hotel Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e – Large capacity and professional-grade performance suitable for commercial and high-volume cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.45QT (quarts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-stick interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwist-lock detachable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Heat Sources\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGas, induction, fire pit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoups, stews, braises, chili, large batch cooking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHome, restaurant, hotel, camping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How large is the 8.45QT pot and how many servings does it make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: At 8.45 quarts, this large braiser pot is ideal for cooking meals that serve 6–10+ people, making it perfect for family dinners, meal prepping, entertaining, and commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the twist-lock handle work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The handle twists and locks securely into position for safe lifting and pouring. It can be released and folded for compact storage, saving valuable kitchen or camping space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this pot compatible with induction stovetops?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! This braiser pot is fully compatible with induction, gas stovetops, and open fire pits – giving you maximum flexibility in any kitchen or outdoor cooking environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the non-stick coating safe and easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the non-stick interior allows food to release easily with minimal effort and wipes clean quickly. The coating is designed for healthy cooking with less oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this pot be used for camping over a fire pit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes! The fire pit compatibility makes this a standout option for outdoor cooking, camping trips, and backyard gatherings where you need a large, high-performance cooking vessel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this a good pot for a restaurant or commercial kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The large 8.45QT capacity, professional-grade construction, and fast even heating make it suitable for restaurant, hotel, and catering use as well as home cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse, free delivery 2-7 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Black + Large Capacity + Non-Stick Pan \/ 190-piece multi-functional cooking pot","offer_id":46565577556118,"sku":null,"price":50.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange + Large Capacity + Non-Stick Pan \/ 190-piece multi-functional cooking pot","offer_id":46565577588886,"sku":null,"price":50.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"101.44oz Small Capacity\/Standard Model (Orange) \/ 190-piece multi-functional cooking pot","offer_id":46565577621654,"sku":null,"price":45.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/82405ed5-6275-495a-8f62-418ab6070de9.jpg?v=1789705165"},{"product_id":"fire-starter-blocks-odorless-safe-long-lasting-fireplace-bbq-camping","title":"Fire Starter Blocks Odorless Safe Long Lasting for Fireplace Barbecue Camping Wood Stove Easy Light No Electricity Needed Indoor Outdoor 64pcs 192pcs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLight Any Fire Instantly — Nuvia Haven Fire Starter Blocks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart any fire effortlessly with the Nuvia Haven Fire Starter Blocks — the reliable, odorless, and safe solution for fireplaces, barbecues, camping, and wood-burning stoves. No electricity, no kindling struggles, and no harsh fumes. Each block lights quickly with a single match or lighter and burns long enough to reliably ignite wood, charcoal, and logs every time. Whether you're setting up a cozy indoor fireplace, firing up the grill in the backyard, or building a campfire in the wilderness, these fire starter blocks make the process simple, clean, and safe. Available in 64-piece (1 box) and 192-piece (3 boxes) quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love Them\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔥 \u003cstrong\u003eLights Instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e — One block is all you need — simply light with a match or lighter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💨 \u003cstrong\u003eOdorless Formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — Burns clean without unpleasant smoke or chemical smell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eSafe for Indoor and Outdoor Use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-toxic, safe for fireplaces, stoves, BBQs, and campfires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⏱️ \u003cstrong\u003eLong-Lasting Burn\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each block burns long enough to fully ignite logs, wood, and charcoal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eNo Electricity Needed\u003c\/strong\u003e — Works anywhere — perfect for power outages, remote camping, or off-grid use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🧳 \u003cstrong\u003eBulk Value Packs\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose 64 pieces (1 box) for occasional use or 192 pieces (3 boxes) for frequent use and better value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor fireplaces and wood-burning stoves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor barbecue grills and charcoal starters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCamping, hiking, and backpacking trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFire pits, chimineas, and bonfires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency preparedness kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOdor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOdorless \/ low odor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIgnition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatch or lighter, no electricity required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor and outdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible With\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFireplace, BBQ, campfire, wood stove, fire pit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64 pieces (1 box) \/ 192 pieces (3 boxes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these safe to use in an indoor fireplace?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — the odorless, low-fume formula makes these blocks safe for indoor fireplaces and wood-burning stoves when used with proper ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does one block burn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Each block provides a sustained flame long enough to reliably ignite wood logs, charcoal, or kindling — typically several minutes of steady burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do I need anything else to start a fire?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Just a match or lighter. No kindling, newspaper, or electricity required. Place the block under your logs or charcoal, light it, and you're done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The blocks are designed to be moisture-resistant and perform well in outdoor conditions. For best results, store them in a dry place when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which pack size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The 64-piece box is great for occasional fireplace or BBQ use. The 192-piece (3 boxes) pack offers better value per block and is ideal for frequent grillers, campers, or households with a regularly used fireplace.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from US warehouse. Free delivery in 2-7 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"64pcs(a Box)","offer_id":46565582078102,"sku":null,"price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"192pcs(three Boxes)","offer_id":46565582110870,"sku":null,"price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/7fc67f9e-d4e2-4992-bdcb-a330d413cb7c.jpg?v=1789705258"},{"product_id":"5-in-1-rv-ventilation-usb-fan-4000mah-5-speed-dual-head-type-c-usb-charging","title":"5-in-1 RV Ventilation USB Fan 4000mAh 5 Speed Settings Dual Head Type-C \u0026 USB Charging Port for Indoor Outdoor Bedroom Office Camping RV Personal Cooling","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5-in-1 RV Ventilation USB Fan – 4000mAh, 5 Speeds, Dual Head with Type-C Charging\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eExperience next-level personal cooling with this \u003cstrong\u003e5-in-1 RV ventilation USB fan\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed for maximum airflow, versatility, and on-the-go convenience. The innovative \u003cstrong\u003edual-head design\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers multi-directional airflow for superior ventilation in RVs, bedrooms, offices, and outdoor spaces. With \u003cstrong\u003e5 adjustable speed settings\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003e4000mAh built-in battery\u003c\/strong\u003e, and both \u003cstrong\u003eType-C and USB charging ports\u003c\/strong\u003e, this fan keeps you cool and your devices charged simultaneously — anywhere you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy This USB Fan Is a Must-Have\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e💨 \u003cstrong\u003eDual-Head Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two fan heads deliver wider, more effective airflow than single-head fans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔹 \u003cstrong\u003e5 Speed Settings\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fine-tune airflow from a gentle breeze to powerful ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🔋 \u003cstrong\u003e4000mAh Rechargeable Battery\u003c\/strong\u003e — Long-lasting power for hours of continuous cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e⚡ \u003cstrong\u003eType-C + USB Charging Port\u003c\/strong\u003e — Charge the fan via Type-C and charge your devices via the built-in USB port simultaneously\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎟️ \u003cstrong\u003e5-in-1 Multi-Function\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fan, power bank, ventilation, personal cooling, and device charger in one unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🚐 \u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for RV \u0026amp; Van Life\u003c\/strong\u003e — Compact design fits perfectly in recreational vehicles, campers, and motorhomes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Versatility\u003c\/strong\u003e — Works in bedrooms, offices, tents, patios, and camping setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎁 \u003cstrong\u003eGreat Gift for Outdoor Enthusiasts\u003c\/strong\u003e — A top pick for RV owners, campers, and anyone who loves the outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-Head \/ 5-in-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4000mAh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed Settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging Input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging Output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB Port (charge other devices)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Color\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgrade Gray Purple\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRV, Camping, Bedroom, Office, Outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I charge my phone while using the fan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The built-in USB charging port lets you charge a phone or other USB devices while the fan is running — true 5-in-1 functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does the battery last on a single charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: With the 4000mAh battery, runtime varies by speed setting. On lower speeds, expect extended use; on the highest setting, runtime will be shorter. Charge via the Type-C port for fast recharging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this fan good for an RV?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The dual-head design and 5-speed ventilation make it one of the best compact fans for RVs, campers, and van life. It improves air circulation in small enclosed spaces effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it noisy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The fan operates quietly at lower speed settings, making it suitable for sleeping in a bedroom or RV without disturbing rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this make a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes — it's a top-rated camping and RV accessory gift. Practical, multi-functional, and portable, it's a great pick for outdoor enthusiasts, van lifers, and anyone who works from a home office.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFast US Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips from our US warehouse. Enjoy \u003cstrong\u003efree delivery in 2–7 business days\u003c\/strong\u003e. Order your 5-in-1 RV USB fan today and stay cool wherever the road takes you!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Store","offers":[{"title":"Upgrade Gray Purple","offer_id":46565586239638,"sku":null,"price":53.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/files\/34e2f4bd-8791-4f4f-b211-93c04a55e67f.jpg?v=1789705290"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0703\/7134\/4534\/collections\/image_cfdb6f0d-c931-4403-8891-09cdb482fc6e.png?v=1789800762","url":"https:\/\/nuviahavens.com\/collections\/outdoor-travel.oembed?page=3","provider":"Nuvia Haven","version":"1.0","type":"link"}